Post-classical history

Catalogue: List of Plays and Their Stage Directions

· Calisto and Melebea

· The Castle of Perseverance

· The Chester Mystery Plays

· The Chester Appendix

· Christ’s Burial

· Christ’s Resurrection

· Conversion of St. Paul

· Cornish Creacion of the World

· Cornish Origo Mundi

· Cornish Passio Domini

· Cornish Resurrexio Domini

· Cornish St. Meriasek

· Cornish St. Kea

· Coventry Shearmen and Taylors’ Pageant

· Coventry Weavers’ Pageant

· Fulgens and Lucrece

· Impacyente Pouerte

· Killing of the Children

· King Johan

· Magnyfycence

· Mankind

· Mary Magdalen

· N.town Plays

· Nature

· Nature of the Four Elements

· The Newcastle Play

· Nice Wanton

· The Norwich Grocers’ Play

· The Play of the Sacrament[Croxton]

· Play of the Weather (1)

· Play of the Weather (2)

· The Pride of Life

· Terens in Englysh

· Thersytes

· Three Laws

· The Towneley Plays

· Wealth and Health

· Wisdom

· Wit and Science

· The York Play

Selection of Explicit Stage Directions

This selected collection of explicit stage directions has been determined through identification with those statements in medieval English plays, separated from the text, that refer to action as executed by players, scenic arrangements and effects. The principal criterion for the adoption of these relevant stage directions is concerned with practice, but this is not the kind of practice directed at players as to what they should do or when, where or why it should take place. The action recorded in these stage directions, as outlined throughout this work, arises from observation of earlier performance and not as instructions or guidance to subsequent action. Although the convention of recording earlier practice is the main reason for designating medieval stage directions, or ‘medieval records of performance’ as I suggest they be re-termed, there are other recorded functions contained in both the Prelude and the Postlude that have also been determined.

With the possible exception of some of the Chester Plays, all the plays selected in this Catalogue predate 1560, and most of them, but not all of them, represent plays designated as outdoor scriptural plays. It is these kinds of plays that contain the most vivid, energetic and theatrically powerful stage directions determined by observers of previous performances. Such stage directions are records of what the observer saw. Observers seem to have varied in their ability to theatrically interpret what they saw. This may be so, but the observer’s role was to record what he saw and not to interpret what he had seen. As such, descriptions of what the observer saw may not be considered to be different from the kinds of observations often labelled as eye-witness accounts.

Readers will know of well-known plays that have been omitted from this selection. Plays that have been left out of the collection are those that do not contain stage directions or contain stage directions that have only been sketchily constructed. This occurs with plays where their stage directions simply record that someone shall ‘enter’ or ‘exit’. Given the volume of extant stage directions and the evidence that they represent, such simple examples may be regarded as ones subsumed in their importance by other more detailed versions.

Where Latin stage directions occur as quoted material from sources used here, I have not changed the originals, although those that have been found wanting have been improved or corrected, with their additions in square brackets. The same is the case with some translations. Because the future simple and the present subjunctive tenses are used interchangeably, I have used ‘will/shall’ for the future and ‘let him/is to’ for the subjunctive. Square brackets are the usual means of enclosing later added stage directions in texts, although, in some authorative printed editions, only one bracket is used at the start of the stage direction. Occasionally, curly brackets are used to indicate modern editors’ stage directions. Here, both practices sit alongside square brackets used for translations. Colons have been standardised in the original stage directions when a personage is about to speak.

Norris, in his Ordinalia translations, frequently refers to the ‘platea’ as the ‘stage’. It is undeniable that the ‘platea’ is a ‘stage’, but the term ‘stage’ may be more appropriately used as identification of a raised platform of some sort and not a ground-level playing space where players’ comings and goings occur at this level or are descended ‘into’ from above. Also, original terms such as ‘platea’, ‘placea’ and ‘playing place’ or ‘space’ are now better understood terms to describe three-dimensional playing arenas (see Chapter 4, n. 26, in this work).

Explicit medieval English stage directions are probably less well known by theatre and literary scholars than the texts that contain them. As outlined in the Prelude to this work, David Salz’s understanding of medieval and early modern stage directions is stated as: ‘With a few notable exceptions, stage directions in plays from the medieval and early modern periods in Europe indicate little beyond entrances and exits’. Salz clearly formed this view from acquantance with very few medieval stage directions, although he may have been more familiar with later stage directions. Whether this is a more widespread view is uncertain, although it is clearly innaccurate in relation to the range of medieval stage directions presented throughout this work. In addition to those stage directions analysed in this volume, there are many more that build up the stock to inform the content of this catalogue. The sources of stage directions in this catalogue exist in original manuscripts and their facsimilies, together with the most authorative printed editions.

A Note by Michael Spence about Latin Translations

The tenses shown should be considered in the following context: first, in many cases, there may be only one letter difference between three different constructions. For example, for the verb dicere, ‘to say’:

dicit, present indicative, ‘he/she says’

dicet, future indicative, ‘he/she shall say’

dicat, present subjunctive, ‘he/she may/let him/her say’.

Thus, more than ever, the translation is critically dependent on the accuracy of the transcription. Second, Medieval Latin is less prescriptive than Classical Latin in its use of verb tenses and moods. At times, the present participle may be used to express a past action (e.g. The Chester Appendix, IIB, p. 495, l. 104). Also, the distinction between the indicative and subjunctive moods is at times imperceptible in the present tense (e.g. Magnyfycence, sig. B.ii.^r), while the future indicative and present subjunctive at times appear interchangeable to express either future action or a third-person imperative (e.g. The Chester Appendix, 1A, p. 464, l. 8). In one instance, an infinitive is used to express an indirect imperative (York Plays, p. 412, l. 96). Consequently, a literal translation often requires a contextual interpretation. Third, time lapse may be a factor in some cases. The passages quoted cover a period of some two centuries, and Medieval Latin, like all languages, was subject to dynamic change over such a period, with some constructions acquiring a nuanced interpretation. One example may be the use of osculor/osculare, ‘to kiss’. In most plays, the deponent osculor (passive form used with an active meaning) is found, but the active form, osculare, appears exclusively in the N.town Plays.

The Interlude of Calisto and Melebea

[The bewte & good propertes of women]

John Rastell (inconclusive)

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Malone Collection, Bodleian Library

STC 20721

FACSIMILE:

The Interlude of Calisto and Melebea, ed. by W. W. Greg and Frank Sidgwick, Malone Society Reprints (London: Chiswick Press, 1908)

MODERN SOURCE:

Richard Axton, Three Rastell Plays: Four Elements, Calisto and Melibea, Gentleness and Nobility (Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, 1979), pp. 69–124.

[The text used here is from the Malone Society Reprint]

sig. Cii^rHic melebea certo tempore non loquitur sed uultu

lamentabli [lamentabili] respicit

[Here Melebea does not speak for a certain amount of time,

but gazes with a sorrowful face]

The Castle of Perseverance

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Washington D. C., Folger MS. V. a. 354

FACSIMILE:

The Castle of Persverance, ed. by John Stephen Farmer, Old English Drama, Students’ Facsimile Edition, Tudor Facsimile Texts (London: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1908)

The Macro Plays The Castle of Perseverance Wisdom Mankind: A Facsimile Edition with Facing Transcriptions ed. by David Bevington (New York: Johnson Reprint Corporation; Washington, DC: The Folger Shakespeare Library, 1972)

MODERN SOURCES:

The Macro Plays 1. Mankind (AB. 1475). 2. Wisdom (AB 1460). 3 The Castle of Perseverance (AB 1425)., ed. by F. J. Furnivall and Alfred W. Pollard, Early English Text Society, ES 91 (London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner, 1904), pp. 75–186

The Macro Plays The Castle of Perseverance Wisdom Mankind, ed. by Mark Eccles, Early English Text Society, OS 262 (London: Oxford University Press, 1969), pp. 1–111

Four Morality Plays, ed. by Peter Happé (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1979), pp. 75–210

The Castle of Perseverance, ed. by David N. Klausner, TEAMS: Middle English Texts Series, Medieval Institute Publications (Kalamazoo: Western Michigan University, 2010)

[The text used here is from Eccles, 1969]

p. 16, l. 455	Pipe vp musyk
p. 17, l. 490	Tunc descendit [descendunt] in placeam pariter[Then they (Pleasure and Folly) descend into the place together]
p. 20, l. 574	Trumpe vp. Tunc ibunt VOLUPTAS et STULTICIA, MALUS ANGELUS et HUMANUM GENUS ad MUNDUM et dicet [VOLUPTAS][Then Lust, Folly, Bad Angel and Man shall go to World, and Lust shall say]
p. 21, l. 614	Tunc ascendet HUMANUM GENUS ad MUNDUM[Then Man shall go up to World]
p. 22, l. 647	Trumpe vp
p. 33, l. 1009	Tunc ibunt SUPERBIA, IRA, INVIDIA, GULA, LUXURIA, et ACCIDIA ad AUARICIAM et dicet SUPERBIA[Then Pride, Wrath, Envy, Gluttony, Lechery, and Sloth shall go to Avarice, and Pride shall say]
p. 42, l. 1336	Tunc ibunt ad HUMANUM GENUS et dicet [Confessio and Penitencia][Then they (Confession and Penitence) shall go to Man and [Confessio] shall say]
p. 45, l. 1445	Tunc descendit ad CONFESSIONEM[Then he (Mankind) descends to Confession]
l. 1706	Tunc cantabunt ‘Eterne rex altissime’, et dicet [HUMILITAS]:[Then shall they sing ‘O Eternal King Most High’, and Humility shall say]
p. 53, l. 1697	Tunc intrabit [Then he shall enter]
p. 54, l. 1745	Tunc ibit ad BELIAL[Then he shall go to Belial]
p. 55, l. 1766	Tunc vocabit SUPERBIAM, INUIDIAM, et IRAM[Then he shall call Pride, Envy, and Wrath]
l. 1777	Et verberabit eos super terram[And he shall beat them on the ground]
p. 56, l. 1790	Ad CARNEM:[To Flesh]
l. 1811	Tunc CARO clamabit ad GULAM, ACCIDIAM, et LUXURIAM[Then Flesh shall shout to Gluttony, Sloth and Lechery]
p. 57, l. 1822	Tunc uerberabit eos in placeam[Then he shall beat them in the place]
l. 1835	Ad MUNDUM[To World]
p. 58, l. 1852	Tunc buccinabit cornu ad AUARICIAM[Then he shall blow with a horn to Avarice]
l. 1863	Tunc verberabit eum[Then he shall beat him]
p. 59, l. 1898	Tunc MUNDUS, CUPIDITAS, et STULTICIA ibunt ad castellum cum vexillo et dicet DEMON[Then World, Avarice and Folly shall go to the Castle with the banner, and the Devil shall say]
p. 61, l. 1968	Tunc descendent in placeam[Then they shall descend into the place]MALUS ANGELUS dicet ad BELYAL[The Bad Angel shall say to Belial]
p. 62, l. 1981	Ad CARNEM[To Flesh]
l. 1990	Ad MUNDUM[To WORLD]
p. 68, l. 2198	Tunc pugnabunt diu[Then they shall fight for a long time]
p. 73, l. 2377	Tunc pugnabunt diu[Then they shall fight for a long time]
p. 74, l. 2409	Ad MUNDUM[To World]
p. 78, l. 2556	Tunc descendit [descendet] ad AUARICIAM[Then he shall descend to Avarice]
p. 89, l. 2920	Tunc iet ad HUMANUM GENUS[Then he shall go to Man]
p. 93, l. 3059	He aperith þe sowle[later hand]
p. 98, l. 3228	Tunc ascendent ad PATREM omnes pariter et dicet VERITAS[Then they shall ascend to the Father all together, and Truth shall say]
p. 108, l. 3560	PATER sedens in trono.[The Father sitting on His throne]
l. 3573	Dicet filiabus[He shall say to his daughters]
p. 109, l. 3585	Tunc ascendent ad MALUM ANGELUM omnes pariter et dicet [PAX][Then they shall ascend to the Bad Angel all together, and Peace shall say]
l. 3593	Tunc ascendent tronum[Then they shall ascend to the throne]
p. 109, l. 3597	PATER sedens in judicio[The Father sitting in Judgement]

The Chester Plays

MANUSCRIPT SOURCES:

MManchester: Central Library: Manchester Fragment: MS.822.11C2 (15th century?)

PAberystwyth: Peniarth 399 National Library of Wales (1500?)

HMSan Marino CA: Henry E. Huntington Library, Huntington 2 (1591)

ALondon: British Library, Additional 10305 (1592)

CChester: Chester Coopers’ Guild (1599)

RLondon: British Library, Harley 2013 (1600)

BOxford: Bodleian Library, Bodley 175 (1604)

HLondon: British Library, Harley 2124 (1607)

FACSIMILES:

The Chester Mystery Cycle: A Facsimile of MS Bodley 175, intro. by R. M. Lumiansky and David Mills, Leeds Texts and Monographs, Medieval Drama Facsimiles I (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1973)

The Chester Mystery Cycle: A Reduced Facsimile of Huntington Library MS2, intro. by R. M. Lumiansky and David Mills, Leeds Texts and Monographs, Medieval Drama Facsimiles VI (Leeds: School of English, 1980)

The Chester Mystery Cycle: A facsimile of British Library MS Harley 2124, intro. by David Mills, Leeds Texts and Monographs, Medieval Drama Facsimiles VIII (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1984)

MODERN SOURCE:

The Chester Mystery Cycle, ed. By R. M. Lumiansky and David Mills, 2 vols, Early English Text Society SS 3, SS 9 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1974 and 1986). A third volume, with the title The Chester Mystery Cycle: Essays and Documents, was published by the University of North Carolina Press in 1983. This edition uses HM as its base text, with an Appendix of plays and fragments from MSS H, R, M and P.

[The text used here is from Lumiansky and Mills, 1974]

1 The Tanners Playe [Lucifer]

p. 4, l. 85	Dignus Dei[A songe: dignus es Dei]
p. 9, l. 213	Gloria tibi Trinitas[Glory to thee, O Trinity]
p. 10, l. 229	Nowe Lucifer and Lightborne fall.

2 The Drapers Playe [Adam Cain]

p. 16, l. 80	Then goinge from the place where he was, commeth to the place where he createth Adam.
p. 17, l. 106l. 112	Adam rysinge.Then the creatour bringeth Adam into paradice, before the tree of knowledge, and saith (ministrelles playe):
p. 18, l. 128	Then God taketh Adam by the hande and causeth him to lye downe, and taketh a ribbe out of his syde and saith:
l. 136	Then God doth make the woman of the ribbe of Adam, wakinge and sayth to God:
p. 19, l. 144	Adam, rysinge up, saith:
p. 20, l. 160	Then Adam and Eve shall stand naked and shall not bee ashamed. Then the serpente shall come up out of a hole, and the dyvell walkinge shall say:
p. 21, l. 208	Supremus volucris, penna serpens, pede forma, forma puella.[Supremus volucris penne serpens pede forme forma puelle][the upper part of the serpent with bird feathers, the lower part in the shape of a girl].
p. 23, l. 248	Then Eve shall take of the fruite of the serpente, and shall eate therof and say to Adam:
l. 256	Then Adam shall take the fruite and eate therof, and in weepinge manner shall saye:
p. 25, l. 280	Then Adam and Eve shall cover ther members with leaves, hydinge themselves under the trees. Then God shall speake (minstrelles playe):
p. 27, l. 344	Adam shall speake mourninglye:
p. 28, l. 368	Then God, puttynge garmentes of skynnes upon them:
p. 29, l. 384	Then God shall dryve Adam and Eve out of paradice, and sayth to the Angell (minstrelles playe):
p. 31, l. 424	Minstrelles playe.
p. 34, l. 516	Hear he bringe in the plough.
l. 528	Heare Adam and Eve goe out tyll Cayne have slayne Abell.
p. 36, l. 560	Then a flame of fyer shall descende upon thee sacrafice of Abell.
p. 38, l. 616	Then Cayne kylleth his brother Abell, and God comminge sayth (minstrelles playe):

3 The Waterleaders and Drawers of Dee [Noyes Fludd]

p. 42, l. 1	And firste in some high place—or in the clowdes, if it may bee—God speaketh unto Noe standinge without the arke with all his familye:
p. 45, l. 80	Then Noe beginneth to buyld the arke.
p. 47, l. 112	Then Noe with all his familye shall make a signe as though the [he] wrought upon the shippe with divers instruements. And after that God shall speake to Noe as followeth:
p. 48, l. 160	Then Noe shall goe into the arke with all his familye, his wyffe excepte, and the arke muste bee borded rownde aboute. And one [on] the bordes all the beastes and fowles hereafter reahersed muste bee paynted, that ther wordes may agree with the pictures.
p. 53, l. 252	Then the [they] singe, and Noe shall speake agayne.
l. 260	Then shall Noe shutt the windowe of the arke, and for a little space within the bordes hee shalbe scylent; and afterwarde openinge the windowe and lookinge rownde about sayinge:

4 The Barbers Playe [Abraham]

p. 57, l. 16	Abraham, having restored his brother Loth into his owne place, doth firste of all begine the play and sayth:
p. 58, l. 40	Here Lothe, torninge him to his brother Abraham, doth saye:
l. 48	Tunc venit Armiger Melchysedech ad ipsum et gratulando dicit Armiger (Here the Messenger doth come to Melchysedech, kinge of Salem, and rejoysinge greatly doth saye):
p. 59, l. 56	Here Melchysedech, lookinge up to heaven, doth thanke God for Abrahams victorye, and doth prepare himselfe to goe present Abraham.
l. 64	Here the Messenger, offeringe to Melchysedeck a standing-cuppe and bread alsoe, dothe saye:
l. 68	Here Melchysedeck answeringe sayth:
p. 60, l. 72	Melchysedeck, comminge unto Abraham, doth offer to him a cuppe full of wynne and bred, and sayth unto him:
l. 80	Here Abraham, receyvinge the offeringe of Melchysedeck, dothe saye:
l. 88	Here Abraham offereth to Melchysedeck an horse that is laden. Melchysedeck, receivinge the horse of Abraham verey gladly, doth saye:
p. 61, l. 96	Here Loth doeth offer to Melchysedeck a goodly cuppe, and sayth:
l. 104	Here Melchysedeck receaveth the cuppe of Loth.
p. 62, l. 112	Here they doe goe together, and Abraham dothe take the bred and wyne, and Melc. the laden horse.
p. 63, l. 144	Here God appeareth to Abraham and saythe:
l. 148	Here Abraham, torninge to God, saythe:
p. 66, l. 228	Here Abraham, torninge him to his sonne Isaack, sayth:
p. 67, l. 236	Abraham taketh a sworde and fyerHere Isaack speakes to his father, taketh the bundell of stickes, and beareth after his father.
l. 250	Here they goe both to the place to doe sacrafice.
p. 68, l. 252	Abraham, beinge minded to slea his sonne, lifte us [up] his handes to heaven and sayth:
l. 264	Isaack fearinge leste his father will slea him, sayth:
p. 69, l. 268	Abraham, comfortinge his sonne, sayth:
p. 71, l. 322	Here Abraham, wringinge his handes, sayth:
p. 73, l. 358	Here Isaak ryseth and cometh to his father, and hee taketh him and byndeth him and layeth him one [on] the alter for to sacrifyce him.
p. 74, l. 389	Here kisse him and binde the carchaffe about his head, and lett him kneele downe and speake [Isaack]:
p. 76, l. 420	Here lett Abraham take and bynde his sonne Isaak upon the aulter, and leett him make a signe as though hee would cutt of his head with the sword. Then lett the Angell come and take the sworde by the end and staye yt, sayinge:
p. 77, l. 443	Then lett Abraham take the lambe and kyll him, and lett God saye:
p. 78, l. 459	Here the Docter saythe:
l. 475	Here lett the Docter kneele downe and saye:
p. 79, l. 483	Here the Messenger maketh an ende.

5 The Cappers Playe [Moses and the Law: Balaack and Balaam]

p. 80, l. 32	Tunc Moyses in monte dicat populo:[Then Moses on the mountain is to speak to the people]
p. 81, l. 64	Here god appereth agayne to Moyses.
p. 82, l. 80	Tunc Moyses faciet signum quasi effoderet tabulas de monte et, super ipsas scribens, dicat populo:[Then Moses shall make a sign as if he were carving out the slabs from the mountain and, writing upon them, is to say to the people]
p. 83, l. 95	Tunc descendet de monte, et veniet rex Balaack equitando juxta montem et dicat:[Then he shall come down from the mount, and King Balaack shall come riding on horseback beside the mountain and is to say]
l. 111	Florish. [in margin]
l. 115	Caste up. [in margin]
p. 84, l. 143	Sworde. [in margin]
p. 85, l. 167	Miles rex Balack loquitur:[The knight speaks to King Balaack]
p. 86, l. 175	Tunc Miles regis Balack ibit ad Balaham et dicat:[Then the knight of king Balaack shall go to Balaam and is tosay]
l. 183	Tunc ibit Balaham ad consulendum dominum in oratione. Sedens dicat Deus:[Then Balaam shall go to consult the Lord in prayer. Seated God is to say]
p. 87, l. 199	Tunc Balaham et Miles equitabunt simul, et dicat:[Then Balaam and the Knight shall ride together, and Balaam is to say]
l. 215	Tunc Balaham ascendit super asinam et cum Milite equitabit; et in obviam venit Angelus domini cum gladio extricto [extracto]; et asina videt ipsum et non Balaham, ad [terram] prostrata jacebit; et dicat [Balaham]:[Then Balaam climbs upon his ass and shall ride with the Knight; and an angel of the Lord meets them with drawn sword; and the ass—and not Balaam—sees him, shall fall prostrate to the ground. And Balaam is to say]
p. 88, l. 223	Tunc percutiet Balaham asinam suam. Et hic oportet aliquis transformiari in speciem asinae; et quando Balaham percutit, dicat asina:[Then Balaam shall beat his ass. And here someone ought to be transformed into the guise of an ass; and when Balaam strikes [beats it], the ass is to say]
p. 89, l. 239	Tunc videns Balaham Angelum evaginatum gladium habentem [adorans] ipsum dicat Balaham (Balaham on his knees shall fall sodenly downe and speaketh to the Angell):[Then Balaam, seeing the angel bearing his drawn sword, shall fall suddenly down [on his knees] and is to speak reverently to the angel]
l. 255	Tunc Balaham et Miles equitabunt simul et in obviam veniet rex Balaack, et dicat rex:[Then Balaam and the Knight shall ride together and king Balaack shall meet them; and the king is to say]
p. 90, l. 271	Tunc Balaack descendit de equo et Balaham de asina et ascendent in montem, et dicat Balaack rex:[Then Balaack descends from his horse and Balaam from his ass, and they shall climb the mountain; and King Balaack is to say]
l. 279	Tunc Balaham versus austrem [austrum] dicat:[Then Balaam, facing east [south], is to say]
p. 91, l. 303	Tunc Balaack rex adducet Balaham ad borialem partem montis, et dicat Balaham alta voce:[Then King Balaack shall take Balaam to the northern part of the mountain and Balaam is to say in a loud voice]
p. 92, l. 319	Tunc Balaham vertit se ad orientalem in plagam montis, et respiciens coelum spiritu prophetico dicit: ‘Orietur stella ex Jacobb et exurget homo de Israell et consurget omnes duces alienigenarum, et erit omnis terra possessio eius’.[Then Balaam turns to the east on the mountain side, and, looking to Heaven, says in a prophetic spirit: ‘There shall come a star out of Jacob and a man shall arise out of Israel, and he shall raise up all the leaders of the Gentiles (foreigners), and the whole Earth shall be his possession’]
p. 93, l. 335	Here Balaham speaketh to Balaack: ‘Abyde a while’.
p. 95, l. 387	The Doctor speaketh:[The Expositor speaketh]

6 The Wrightes Playe [The Annunciation and the Nativity]

p. 99, l. 48	Tunc Angelus ibit, et Maria salutabit Elizabeth:[Then the angel shall go, and Mary shall greet Elizabeth]
p. 100, l. 64	Maria gaudiens incipiet canticum ‘Magnificat’ etc.[Mary, rejoicing, shall begin the canticle ‘Magnificat,’ etc.]
p. 110, l. 356	Sybyll speaketh:
p. 111, l. 372	Tunc orat Sibilla, et dicat Preco alta voce:[Then Sibyl prays, and the Messenger is to speak in a loud voice
p. 114, l. 464	Tunc Joseph accipiet Mariam in brachia sua.[Then Joseph shall take Mary in his arms]
p. 115, l. 468	Tunc statuet Mariam inter bovem et asinam.[Then he shall place Mary between the ox and the ass]
l. 476	JOSEPH (ad obstetrices):[Joseph to the midwives]
p. 116, l. 500	Tunc paululum acquiescunt.[Then for a little while they are quiet]
l. 508	Tunc stella apparebit.[Then the star shall appear]
p. 118, l. 539	Tunc Salome tentabit tangere Mariam in sexu secreto, et statim arentur manus eius, et clamando dicit:[Then Salome shall attempt to touch Mary in her private parts, and at once her hands become withered; and crying out she says]
l. 547	Tunc apparet stella et veniet Angelus, [dicens] ut sequitur:[Then the star shall appear and the Angel shall come, saying as follows]
p. 121, l. 643	Tunc ostendet stellam, et veniet Sibilla ad imperatorem.[Then he shall point out the star, and Sibyl shall come to the emperor]
p. 122, l. 666	Tunc Angelus cantabit ‘Haec est ara Dei caeli’; fiat notam secundum arbitrium agentis, etc.[Then the Angel shall sing ‘Haec est ara Dei caeli’; (Let the setting be according to the judgement of the performer, etc.)]

7 The Paynters Playe [The Shepherds]

p. 126, l. 44	Hic potat Primus Pastor.[Here the First Shepherd drinks]
l. 48	Hic flabit Primus Pastor.[Here the First Shepherd shall blow (his horn)]
p. 127, l. 52	Sitt downe. [in margin]
l. 61	Secundus Pastor vocat submissa voce:[The second Shepherd calls in a low voice]
p. 131, l. 136	Tunc commedent, et dicat Primus Pastor:[Then they shall eat together, and the First Shepherd is to say]
p. 132, l. 164	Tunc cantabit, et dicat Garcius:[Then (Trowle=Garcius) shall sing and Garcius is to say]
p. 135, l. 233	Tunc ibit ad magistros suos, et dicat:[Then he shall go to his masters and is to say]
p. 136, l. 257	Tunc projiciat Primum Pastorem, et dicat Secundus Pastor:[Then let him throw the First Shepherd, and the Second Shepherd is to say]
p. 137, l. 279	Tunc projiciat Tertium Pastorem, et dicat Garcius:[Then let him throw the Third Shepherd, and Garcius (Trowle) is to say]
p. 138, l. 287	Et sic recedat Garcius, et dicat Primus Pastor:[And thus Garcius is to withdraw and the First Shepherd is to say]
l. 299	Tunc sedebunt, et stella apparebit, et dicat Primus Pastor:[Then they shall sit down, and the star shall appear; and the First Shepherd is to say]
p. 139, l. 323	Tunc respiciens firmamentum dicat Garcius:[Then Garcius, looking towards the firmament, is to say]
p. 141, l. 357	Tunc cantet Angelus: ‘Gloria in excelsis Deo et in terra pax hominibus bonae voluntatis’.[Then let the Angel sing ‘Glory to God in the highest, and on Earth peace, to men of good will’]
p. 145, l. 447	Tunc cantabunt et postea dicat Tertius Pastor (Here singe ‘troly, loly, loly, loo.’): [Then they shall sing here ‘Trolly, lolly, lolly, lo’ and afterwards the Third Shepherd is to say]
p. 146, l. 459	Hic vadunt versus Bethlem.[Here they go towards Bethlehem]
l. 463	Hic apparet Angelus et dicat:[Here the Angel appears and is to say]

8 The Vintners Playe [Magi]

p. 158, l. 48	Hic descendunt de equis et ibunt in montem.[Here they dismount from their horses and shall go into the mountain]
l. 64	Tunc apparebit stella.[Then the star shall appear]
p. 159, l. 84	Tunc reges iterum genua flectent, et Angelus portans stellam [dicet]:[Then the kings shall again kneel, and the Angel carrying the star shall say]
p. 160, l. 96	Here the kinges ryse up.
p. 161, l. 112	Then goe downe to the beastes and ryde abowt.
p. 162, l. 144	Here the Messinger must goe to the kinge. Minstrells here must playe.
p. 163, l. 156	Staffe.
p. 164, l. 196	Staffe.
l. 200	Sword.
l. 204	Cast up.
p. 168, l. 282	A bill.
l. 289	Et dicat, ‘Read one’.[And he is to say ‘Read on’]
p. 170, l. 326	Cast downe the sword.
p. 172, l. 349	Breake a sword.
l. 357	Cast up.
l. 365	Cast up.
p. 173, l. 381	The boye and pigge when they kinges are gonne.
l. 389	Staffe.
l. 397	Sword.

9 The Merrcers Playe [Magi’s Gifts]

p. 180, l. 135

Tunc appariet sciatuum cum auro.[Then he shall take a vessel with gold

10 The Gouldsmythes Playe [Innocents]

p. 192, l. 192	Tunc ibunt milites simul.[Then the knights shall go at the same time]
p. 194, l. 256	Tunc ibunt milites et veniet Angelus.[Then the knights shall go and the Angel shall come]
p. 196, l. 288	Tunc ibunt et Angelus cantabit, ‘Ecce dominus ascendet super nubem levem, et ingrediatur Egiptum, et movebuntur simulachra Egipti a facie domini exercituum’; et si fueri [fieri]poterit [cadet] aliqua statua sive imago.[Then they shall go, and the Angel shall sing: ‘Behold, the Lord rideth upon a swift cloud, and is to come into Egypt; and the idols of Egypt shall be moved by the presence of the armies of the Lord’; and if it can be done, some statue or image shall fall]
p. 198, l. 344	Tunc Miles trasfodiet primum puerum et super lancea [lanceam]accipiet.[Then the knight shall transfix the first male-child and lift it on his spear]
p. 199, l. 376	Tunc Secundus Miles transfodiet secundum puerum.[Then the Second Knight shall transfix the second male-child]
p. 200, l. 392	Tunc ibit ad Herodem.[Then she shall go to Herod]
p. 201, l. 433	Tunc faciet signum quasi morietur et veniet Demon.[Then he shall make a sign as if he dies and the Demon shall come]
p. 202, l. 457	Exit Demon.

11 The Blacksmythes Playe [Purification]

p. 205, l. 24	Tunc respitiens [respiciens] librum legat prophetiam: ‘Ecce virgo concipiet et pariet filium’ etc.[Then, examining his book, he reads the prophecy: ‘Behold, a virgin shall conceive and bear a son’ etc.]
p. 206, l. 40	Tunc fabricabit librum quasi deleret hoc verbum (virgo); et post ponit librum uper altare [altarem]. Et veniet Angelus et accipiet librum, faciens signum quasi scriberet; et claudet librum et vuanesset [evanescet]; et dicat Anna Vidua:[Then he shall scrape the book as if he were deleting this word ‘virgin’; and then he places the book upon the altar. And the angel shall come and shall take the book, making a sign as if he were writing; and he shall close the book and disappear; and the widow Anna is to speak]
l. 55	Tunc accipiet librum et admirando dicat:[Then he shall take the book and is to say in wonderment]
l. 63	Tunc iterum fabricat ut antea.[Then he scrapes it a second time as he did previously]
p. 207, l. 71	Tunc ponit librum super altare [altarem], et faciet Angelus ut antea.[Then he places the book upon the altar, and the angel shall do as he did before]
l. 81	Accipiet librum.[He shall take up the book]
p. 208, l. 118	Tunc Simeon sedebit expectans consolationem; de alio loco [procull][procul] a templo [dicet Maria]:[Then Simeon shall sit, looking for consolation; from another location far from the temple Mary shall speak]
p. 210, l. 150	Tunc Simeon accipiet puerum in ulnas.[Then Simeon shall take the boy in his arms]
l. 166	Tunc cantabit ‘Nunc dimittis servum tuum, domine’ etc.[Then he shall sing ‘Now lettest thou thy servant, Lord depart’ etc.]

12 The Bowchers Playe [Temptation]

p. 219, l. 56	Diabolus dicit:[The devil speaks (to Christ)
p. 221, l. 112	Tunc statuat [statuatur] Jesus super pinnaculum templi, et dicat Diabolus:[Then Jesus is to be set on top of a pinnacle of the temple, and the devil is to say]
l. 120	Jesus dicit ad Diabolum:[Jesus speaks to the Devil]
p. 222, l. 124	Discendens [descendens] de pinnaculo dicat Diabolus:[As he descends from the pinnacle, the Devil is to say]
l. 128	Tunc Sathan adducet Jhesum super montem, et dicat Diabolus:[Then Satan shall lead Jesus up on to a mountain, and the Devil is to say]
p. 225, l. 216	Tunc venient duo Pharasei adducentes mulierem in adulterio deprehensam. Dicat [Primus Pharaseus]:[Then shall two Pharisees come, leading a woman taken in adultery. He is to say]
p. 226, l. 232	Tunc adducent mulierem inter se coram Jesu, et dicat [Primus Pharaseus]:[Then they lead the woman between them before Jesus, and is to say]
l. 240	Jesus scribens in terra dicat:[Then Jesus writing on the ground, is to say]
p. 227, l. 256	Et fugiet, et postea dicat Primus Pharaseus:[And he shall flee, and then the First Pharisee is to say]
p. 228, l. 264	Et fugiet, et dicat Jesus ad mulierem:[And he shall flee, and Jesus is to say to the woman]

13 The Glovers Playe [The Blind Man and Lazarus]

p. 231, l. 35	[PUER] (ducens Caecum)[BOY] (leading a blind man)]
p. 232, l. 66	Tunc Jesus super terram spuit et lutum faciat, et oculos Caeci manibus fricabit; postea dicat:[Then Jesus shall spit on the earth and is to make a paste, and rub the eyes of the blind man with his hands. And then he is to say
p. 233, l. 70	Tunc Caecus quaerit aquam et abiit Jesus.[Then the blind man seeks the water and Jesus departs]
l. 72	Tunc lavat, et postea dicat:[Then he washes, and then is to say]
p. 236, l. 156	Tunc circmspectat [circumspiciat?], et adloquitur eos:[Then he is to look around, and speaks to them]
p. 241, l. 260	Tunc lapides colligunt.[Then they shall gather stones]
p. 242, l. 284	Tunc colligunt lapides et statim evanescit Jesus.[Then they gather stones, and Jesus suddenly vanishes]
p. 243, l. 308	Tunc venit Jesus.[Then Jesus comes]
l. 316	Tunc ibit Martha ad Mariam.[Then Martha shall go to Mary]
p. 244, l. 332	Tunc pariter juxta sepulchrum sedebunt plorantes, et Jesus procul sit.[Then they shall sit side by side beside the sepulchre weeping, and Jesus is to be far off]
p. 246, l. 372	Tunc versus locum ibit Jesus ubi Maria et Martha sedent, et Martha fuit [fiet] obviam.[Then Jesus shall go towards the place where Mary and Martha are sitting, and Martha shall go to meet him]
p. 247, l. 401	Tunc Martha ibit et vocabit Mariam, dicens:[Then Martha shall go and shall call Mary, saying]
p. 248, l. 417	Tunc Maria videns Jesum prosternat se ad pedes, dicens:[Then Mary, seeing Jesus, prostrates herself at his feet, saying]
l. 425	Tunc venient Judei, quorum dicat Primus:[Then the Jews shall come, the First of whom is to say]
p. 249, l. 441	Tunc deponent lapidem de sepulchro, et Jesus tergum vertens, manibus elevatis, dicit:[Then they shall lift the stone from the sepulchre, and Jesus, turning his back and with his hands upstretched, says]

14 The Corvisors Playe [Mary Magdalene; To Jerusalem; Judas]

p. 251, l. 16	Tunc ibunt versus domum Simonis leprosi.[Then they shall go towards the house of Simon the Leper]
p. 252, l. 40	Tunc Jesus sedebat [sedebit], et omnes cum eo, et veniet Maria Magdalena cum alabastro unguenti, et lamentando dicat:[Then Jesus shall sit, and all the rest with him; and Mary Magdalen shall come with a box of ointment and is to say in a sorrowing fashion]
p. 253, l. 56	Tunc aperiet pixidem, et faciet signum unctionis, et rigabit pedes Jesu lachrymis et tergebit capillis suis.[Then she shall open the box, and shall give an indication of anointing; and she shall wet Jesus’s feet with tears and shall dry them with her hair]
p. 255, l. 112	Ad Judam Iscarioth:[To Judas Iscariot]
p. 256, l. 136	Tunc surget Jesus, et stando dicat ut sequitur:[Then Jesus shall stand up, and as he stands, he is to speak as follows]
p. 257, l. 152	Tunc ibunt in civitatem, et dicat Petrus Janitro:[Then they shall go into the city, and Peter is to say to the Janitor (i.e., keeper of the city gate)]
l. 168	Tunc ibit Janitor ad cives.[Then the Janitor shall go to the citizens]
p. 259, l. 208	Tunc ibunt pueri versus Jerusalem cantantes ‘Hosanna!’ cum ramis palmarum in manibus. Et cives prosternent vestimenta sua in via: ‘Hosanna, filio David! Benedictus qui venit in nomine domini! Hosanna in excelsis!’[Then the boys shall go towards Jerusalem singing ‘Hosanna!’ with branches of palm-trees in their hands. And the citizens shall lay out their garments in his path: ‘Hosanna to the son of David. Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the highest’]Tunc Jesus sedens super asellam, videns civitatem, flebit et dicat:[Then Jesus, sitting upon the ass, seeing the city, shall weep and is to say]
p. 260, l. 224	Tunc Jesus equitabit versus civitatem, et omnes cives pannos suos in via prosternent. Et cum venerit ad templum, descendens de asina dicat vendentibus, cum flagello:[Then Jesus shall ride towards the city and all the citizens shall lay down their garments in the way. And when he has come to the temple, he is to say to the merchants as he descends from the ass with a whip]
p. 261, l. 260	Tunc Jesus ejiciet cum flagello, ementes et vendentes.[Then Jesus shall eject the buyers and sellers with his whip]
p. 263, l. 304	Tunc Judas pro tempore abiit, et Cayphas dicit:[Then Judas for a time goes away, and Caiaphas speaks]

15 The Bakers Playe [Last Supper; Betrayal]

p. 270, l. 36	Tunc Petrus et Johannis ibunt ac hominem vas aquae testaceum portantem alloquerentur [alloquentur].[Then Peter and John shall go, and they shall speak to a man carrying a brick-coloured pitcher of water]
l. 44	Tunc domum intrant.[Then they enter the house]
p. 271, l. 60	Tunc adornent mensam et revertunt.[Then they are to deck out the table and return]
l. 80	Tunc accumbet Jesus ac Johannis in gremio dormit.[Then Jesus shall recline, and John sleeps in his bosom]
p. 272. l. 88	Tunc Jesus accipiet panem, frangit, et discipulis suis dat,dicens:[Then Jesus shall take bread, breaks it, and gives it to his disciples, saying
l. 96	Tunc accipit calicem in manibus, oculis elevatis, dicens:[Then he takes the chalice in his hands, with eyes turned to Heaven, saying]
l. 104	Tunc edit et bibit cum discipulis, et Judas Iscarioth habebit manum in patina.[Then he eats and drinks with the disciples, and Judas Iscariot shall have his hand in the dish]
p. 273, l. 120	Tunc Judas intingit in patinam.[Then Judas reaches into the dish]
p. 274, l. 144	Tunc Jesus precinget corpus lintheolo.[Then Jesus shall gird his body with a linen cloth]
p. 275, l. 160	Tunc lavabit pedes omnium singulatim et abstergit lintheo.[Then he shall wash the feet of all, one at a time, and dries (them) with the cloth]
p. 279, l. 264	Tunc it Jesus oratum [ad orationem?], et discipuli pre [pro] dolore dormiunt.[Then Jesus goes to pray; and the disciples fall asleep because of their distress]
p. 280, l. 280	Tunc venit ad discipulos et invenit eos dormientes et dicit:[Then he comes to the disciples and finds them sleeping; and he says
l. 288	Tunc iterum ad orationem, et alta voce loquitur:[Then again at prayer, and he says in a loud voice]
l. 296	Tunc redit ad discipulos iterum.[Then he returns again to his disciples]
l. 304	Tunc Judas cum militum cohorte, laternis facibus et armis, venit illuc.[Then Judas comes there with a company of soldiers, with lanterns, torches and arms]
p. 282, l. 332	Tunc extrahet gladium et abscindet auriculam Malchi.[Then he shall draw out a sword and shall cut off the ear of Malchus]
l. 342	Tunc Jesus tetigerit auriculam et sanabit.[Then Jesus shall have touched the ear and shall heal it]

16 The Fletchers, Bowiers, Cowpers, and Stringers Playe [Trial]

p. 284, l. 1	Et primo venient Judei adducentes Jesum ad Annam et Caypham; et primo [primus (Judeus)] incipiet:[And at the start the Jews shall come, leading Jesus to Annas and Caiaphas; and the first Jew shall begin]
p. 287, l. 69	Tunc Judei statuent Jesum in cathedram, et dicat torquendo [Primus Judeus]:[Then the Jews shall set up Jesus in a chair, and turning round the First Jew is to speak]
l. 77	TERTIUS JUDEUS (exputans)[3RD JEW(spitting)]
p. 288, l. 81	QUARTUS JUDEUS (exputans)[4TH JEW (spitting)]
l. 85	PRIMUS JUDEUS (dans alapam)[1ST JEW (delivering a blow/slap)]
l. 89	Tunc Secundus Judeus dans alapam velando faciem Jesu.[Then the Second Jew delivering a blow/slap while covering the face of Jesus]
l. 97	QUARTUS JUDEUS (percutiens)[4TH JEW (striking)]
p. 289, l. 101	SECUNDUS JUDEUS (percutiens)[2ND JEW (striking)]
l. 109	Tunc cessabunt ab alapis, et dicit Cayphas:[Then they shall cease from their blows, and Caiaphas speaks]
p. 290, l. 117	Tunc Cayphas et Annas et Judei adducunt Jesum ad Pilatum. Dicat:[Then Caiaphas and Annas and the Jews lead Jesus to Pilate. Caiaphas is to say]
p. 292, l. 162	Tunc ibunt duo Judei adducentes Jesum ad Herodem; et dicat [Primus Judeus]:[Then the two Jews shall go, leading Jesus to Herod; and the First Jew is to say]
l. 178	Jesus nihil respondebit; et dicat [Herodes]:[Jesus shall make no reply; and Herod is to say]
p. 293, l. 202	Tunc Judei induent eum veste alba et dicat [Primus Judeus]:[Then the Jews shall dress him in a white garment; and the First Jew is to say]
p. 294, l. 210	Tunc exeunt duo Judei ad Pilatum adducentes Jesum in veste alba, et dicat [Primus Judeus]:[Then the two Jews leave, leading Jesus in the white garment to Pilate; and the First Jew is to say]
p. 295, l. 242	Tunc Pilatus lavabit manus, et Cayphas et Annas recedent cum Pilato; et dicat Pilatus:[Then Pilate shall wash his hands. And Caiaphas and Annas shall withdraw with Pilate, and Pilate is to say]
p. 299, l. 314	Tunc spoliabunt ipsum et ligabunt columnam [columne]; et dicat [Tertius Judeus]:[Then they shall strip him and shall bind him to a pillar; and the Third Jew is to say]
l. 322	Tunc posteaquam flagellaverunt eum, postea induunt eum purpurea ponentes in cathedram, et dicat [Primus Judeus]:[Then after they have scourged him they dress him in purple and sit him on a chair; and the First Jew is to say]
l. 326	Tunc Secundus Judeus ponens coronam spineam super capite eius et dicat:[Then the Second Jew, placing a crown of thorns upon his head, is to say]
p. 302, l. 374	Secundus Judeus, ponens crucem super dorsum eius, dicat:[The Second Jew, placing the cross on Jesus’s back, is to say]

16A The Irenmongers Playe [Passion]

p. 308, l. 112	Ad Tertium:[To the Third]
l. 113	Ad Quartum:[To the Fourth]
p. 309, l. 120	Tunc omnes sedent et dicat Primus Judeus jactans decios:[Then all sit down and the First Jew is to say, throwing the dice]
p. 313, l. 216	Tunc Pilatus, habens tabulam in manu, dicit:[Then Pilate, holding a tablet in his hand, says]
p. 314, l. 240	Tunc venit Maria lachrimans.[Then Mary comes in weeping]
p. 321, l. 383	Tunc Longyus [Longynus] lancia perforat latus Christi, dicens:[Then Longinus pierces Christ’s side with a spear, saying]
p. 322, l. 423	Tunc veniet Joseph ab Aramathia ad Pilatum et dicat:[Then Joseph of Arimathia shall come to Pilate and is to say]
p. 323, l. 439	Tunc ibit Joseph super montem, et dicat Joseph:[Then Joseph shall go to the Mount (of Calvary), and is to say]

17 The Cookes Playe [Harrowing of Hell]

p. 325, l. 1	Et primo fiat lux in inferno materialis aliqua subtilitate machinata, et postea dicat Adam:[And at the start there shall be physical light in Hell contrived by some device, and then Adam is to say]
p. 328, l. 88	Omnibus flectibus [flectentibus] dicat David:[As all kneel, David is to say]
p. 329, l. 96	Tunc Sathan sedens in cathedra dicat daemonibus:[Then Satan, sitting in his throne, is to say to the devils
p. 331, l152	Tunc venit Jesus et fiat clamor, vel sonitus magnus materialis; et dicat Jesus: ‘Attollite portas, principes, vestras, et elevamini portas aeternales, et introibit rex gloriae’.[Then jesus comes (in), and let there be a cry, or a great physical din; and Jesus is to say: ‘Lift up your heads, O ye gates, and be ye lift up, ye everlasting doors, and the King of Glory shall come in’]
p. 332, l. 176	Tunc surgens Sathanas de sede dicat:[Then Satan, rising from his seat, is to say]
p. 333, l. 192	Tunc item dicat Jesus:[Then Jesus is to say again]
l. 204	Hic extrahuntur patriarchi. (Here must God take owt Adam).[Here the patriarchs are removed]
p. 334, l. 228	Here must Adam speake to Enocke and Helye [Elijah].
p. 337, 276	Tunc eant omnes, et incipiat Michaell ‘Te Deum laudamus’.[Then they all go, and Michael is to begin ‘Te Deum laudamus’]

18 The Skynners Playe [Resurrection]

p. 345, l. 153	Tunc cantabunt duo angeli: ‘Christus resurgens a mortuis’ etc., et Christus tunc resurget; ac postea, cantu finito, dicat ut sequitur. Jesus resurgens et pede eos milites quatiat:[Then two angels shall sing ‘Christus resurgens a mortuis’ etc. And Christ shall then rise again; and then, the singing having ended, he is to say as follows. Rising again he is to stir those knights with his foot]
p. 346, l. 185	Tunc duo angeli, posteaquam Christus resurrexit, sedebunt in sepulchro, quorum alter ad caput, alter ad pedes, sedeant.[Then the two angels, after Christ has risen again, shall sit in the sepulchre; one of them is to sit at the head and the other at the feet]
l. 193	Tunc socium surgere cogit.[Then he makes his companion get up]
l. 201	Tunc tanget socium et de somno surgere coget.[Then he shall touch his companion and shall make him rise from sleep]
p. 348, l. 241	Tunc adeunt Pilatum.[Then they go to Pilate]
p. 350, l. 308	Tunc tradet eis pecuniam, ac discedunt; et venient [mulieres] plorantes ac Jesum querentes.[Then he shall give them money, and they go. And the women shall come weeping and seeking Jesus]
p. 352, l. 344	Tunc ibunt, et aspiciunt in sepulchrum.[Then they shall go and look into the sepulchre]
p. 353, l. 368	Tunc discedent, et palisper [paulisper] circumambulabunt; et tunc obvient discipulis, Petro et Johanni.[Then they shall leave, and shall walk around for a little while: and then they are to meet the disciples Peter and John]
p. 354, l. 384	Tunc ambo simul concurrunt, sed Johannes precurreret citius Petro, et non intrat sepulchrum.[Then they both run together, but John shall run more quickly than Peter; and he does not enter the sepulchre]
l. 396	Tunc introibit in sepulchrum.[Then he shall go into the sepulchre]
p. 355, l. 400	Tunc Petrus lamentando dicat:[Then Peter is to speak in a sorrowing fashion]
l. 420	Tunc abeunt, hic per aliam viam ille per alteram. Mulieres venient.[Then they go off, one along one way and the other along another. The women shall come]

19 The Saddlers Playe [Emmaus]

p. 358, l. 32	Tunc veniet Jesus in habitu peregrino et dicat eis:[Then Jesus shall come in the dress of a pilgrim and is to say to them]
p. 361, l. 111	Tunc ibit Jesus cum illis ad castellum.[Then Jesus shall go with them to the village/settlement]
l. 119	Tunc frangit panem et dicat:[Then he breaks the bread and he is to say]
l. 123	Tunc Jesus evanescit.[Then Jesus vanishes]
p. 362, l. 143	Tunc ibunt ad alios discipulos in alio loco congregatos.[Then they shall go to the other disciples assembled together in another place]
p. 364, l. 167	Tunc omnes eunt infra castrum, et veniet Jesus stans in medio discipulorum; et postea dicat:[Then they all go within the hall [village?], and Jesus shall come, standing in the midst of his disciples; and then he is to say
p. 365, l. 199	Tunc commedit Jesus, et dabit discipulis suis.[Then Jesus eats, and shall give (food) to his disciples]
p. 366, l. 215	Tunc evanescit Jesus, et ibunt discipuli Bethaniae; et obviantes Thomas [Thome] dicat Petrus:[Then Jesus vanishes, and the disciples shall go to Bethany; and, meeting Thomas Peter is to say]
p. 367, l. 239	Tunc ibunt omnes iterum ad mansionem et recumbent. Et subito apparebit Jesus dicens:[Then they shall all go again to the house and shall lie down. And suddenly Jesus shall appear, saying]
l. 249	Tunc emittet manum in latus et vulnera.[Then he shall reach out his hand into the side and the wounds.

20 The Taylors Playe [Ascension]

p. 371, l. 56	Tunc commedet Jesus cum discipulis suis, et postea dicat [Philippus]:[Then Jesus shall eat with his disciples, and then Philip is to say]
p. 372, l. 96	Tunc adducet discipulos in Bethaniam; et cum pervenerit ad locum, ascendens dicat Jesus, stans in loco ubi assendit [ascendit?]. Dicat Jesus, ‘Data est mihi omnis potestas in caelo et in terra’.[Then he shall lead the disciples into Bethany; and when he shall have reached the place, Jesus is to say as he ascends, standing in the place where he ascends. Jesus shall say: ‘All power has been given unto me in heaven and in earth’]
p. 373, l. 104	Tunc Jesus ascendet, et in ascendendo cantet (God singeth alonne).[Then Jesus shall ascend, and in the course of ascending, he is to sing. (God singeth alone)]
l. 104	Cum autem impleverit Jesus canticum, stet in medio quasi supra nubes, et dicat major angelus minori angelo:[When, however, Jesus has fully sung the hymn, he is to stand in the midst, as if above the clouds, and the Greater Angel is to say to the Lesser Angel]
l. 104	Primus Angelus cantat:[1ST ANGEL sings]
l. 104	Minor Angelus respondens cantat:[LESSER ANGEL sings in response]
l. 104	Jesus cantat solus:[JESUS sings alone]
l. 104	Chorus cantat:[CHOIR sings]
p. 374, l. 104	Jesus cantat solus:[JESUS sings alone]
l. 104	Primus Angelus dicat in materna lingua:[The First Angel is to say in the mother tongue]
l. 112	Jesus autem pausans eodem loco dicat:[Then Jesus, pausing in the same place, is to say]
p. 376, l. 152	Tunc ascendet, et in ascendendo cantent angeli canticum subscriptum. Cantent ‘Exaltaremus, domine in virtute tua; cantabimus et psallemus virtutes tuas’.[Then he shall ascend, and in the course of ascending the angels shall sing the hymn written below. They shall sing: ‘Be thou exalted, Lord in thine own strength; so we will sing and praise thy power’]Tunc descendent angeli, et cantent ‘Viri Gallilei, quid aspicitis in caelum?’.[Then the angels shall descend, and they shall sing: ‘Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven?’]

21 The Fishmongers Playe [Pentecost]

p. 378, l. 1	Et primo inter apostolos incipiat PETRUS (ad condiscipulos):[And first, standing among the apostles, Peter is to begin (to address) his fellow disciples]
l. 16	Tunc exurgens Petrus in medio fratrum et dicat:[Then Peter, standing up in the midst of the brotherhood, is to say]
p. 380, l. 46	Tunc respondent omnes (all speake together):[Then all answer together]
l. 48	Tunc omnes apostoli genuflectent et dicat [Petrus]:[Then all the apostles shall kneel and Peter is to say]
l. 56	Tunc Petrus mittet sortem et sors cadet super Mattheum; et dicat [Petrus]:[Then Peter shall cast lots, and the lot shall fall upon Matthias; and Peter is to say]
p. 383, l. 120	Tunc omnes apostoli genuflectentes cantent ‘Veni, creator Spiritus.’ Postea dicat [Jacob Magnus]:[Then all the apostles, kneeling, are to sing ‘Veni, Creator Spiritus.’ Then James the Great is to say]
p. 385, l. 152	Christ must speake in heaven.
l. 158	Tunc omnes apostoli contemplantes vel orantes quousque Spiritus Sanctus missus fuit, Deus dicat:[Then all the apostles are meditating or praying up to the time when the Holy Spirit is sent; God the Father is to say]
p. 388, l. 238	Tunc Deus emittet Spiritum Sanctum in spetie ignis, et in mittendo cantent duo angeli antiphonam ‘Accipite Spiritum Sanctum; quorum remiseritis peccata, remittentur eis’ etc. Et cantando projecient ignem super apostolos. Finitoque Angelus in caelo dicat:[Then God shall send out the Holy Spirit in the form of fire, and as it is sent, let two angels sing the antiphon ‘Accipite Spiritum Sanctum, Quorum remiseritis peccata, remittentur eis,’ etc. And as they sing they shall throw fire upon the apostles. And when this is done, the (first) angel in Heaven is to say]
p. 391, l. 310	Tunc Petrus incipiat: ‘Credo in Deum, Patrem omnipotentem, creatorem caeli et terrae’.[Then let Peter begin: ‘I believe in God, the Father Almighty, Maker of heaven and earth’]
p. 394, l. 366	Tunc venient duo alienigene, quorum dicat:[Then two foreigners shall come, one of whom is to say]

22 The Clothworkers Playe [Antichrist’s Prophets] no stage directions

23 The Diars Playe [Antichrist]

p. 412, l. 104	Tunc resurgent mortui de sepulchris.[Then the dead shall rise up again from the grave]
p. 413, l. 141	Tunc transeunt ad Antechristum.[Then they go across to Antichrist]
p. 414, l. 149	Tunc recedent de tumulo usque ad terram.[Then they shall withdraw from the grave-mound as far as the ground]
l. 164	Tunc Antechristus levat corpus suum surgens a mortuis.[The Antichrist is to raise his body up, rising from the dead]
p. 415, l. 172	Tunc transeunt ad Antechristum cum sacrificio.[Then they go across to Antichrist with a sacrifice]
l. 180	Tunc anscendit [ascendit] Antechristus ad cathedram.[Then Antichrist goes up to the throne]
p. 416, l. 192	Tunc recedent Antechristo.[Then they shall withdraw from Antichrist]
l. 196	Tunc emittet spiritum, dicens ‘Dabo vobis cor novum et spiritum novum in medio vestri’.[Then he shall send forth his Spirit, saying: ‘A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you’]
p. 418, l. 252	Tunc resedet [recedet]Antechristus et venient Enock et Helias.[Then Antichrist shall withdraw, and Enoch and Elijah shall come]
p. 421, l. 340	Et sic transibunt Enock et Helias ad Antechristum.[And thus Enoch and Elijah shall go across to Antichrist]
p. 433, l. 624	Tunc Antechristus occidet Enock et Heliam et omnes reges conversos cum gladio et redibit ad cathedrum; cum dicat Michaell cum gladio in dextera sua:[Then Antichrist shall kill Enoch and Elijah and all the converted kings with the sword, and shall return to his throne—at which point Michael with a sword in his right hand is to say]
p. 434, l. 644	Tunc Michael occidet Antechristum et in occidendo clamat Antechristus ‘Helpe, helpe, helpe, helpe!’.[Then Michael shall kill Antichrist and as he is killed Antichrist shall cry ‘Help, help, help, help!’]
l. 652	Tunc morietur Antechristus et venient duo demones et dicunt ut sequitur:[Then Antichrist shall die, and two devils shall come and shall they speak as follows
p. 435, l. 678	Tunc capient animam eius, et potius corpus.[Then they shall take hold of his soul, and more appropriately his body]

24 The Webstar Playe [The Judgement]

p. 440, l. 40	Tunc angeli tubas accipient et flabunt, et omnes mortui de sepulchris surgent, quorum dicat primus Papa Salvatus:[Then the angels shall take their trumpets and shall blow, and all the dead shall rise from the graves. Of them, the Redeemed Pope is to speak first]
p. 444, l. 172	Tunc venient damnati.[Then the Damned shall come]
p. 450, l. 356	Finitis lamentationibus mortuorum [descendet] Jesus quasi in nube, si fieri poterit, quia, secundum doctoris opiniones, in aere prope terram judicabit Filius Dei. Stabunt angeli cum cruce, corona spinea, lancea, et instrumentis aliis; ipsa demonstrant.[When the laments of the dead have ended, Jesus shall come down as if in a cloud, if it can be contrived, because according to the opinions of scholars, the Son of God shall give judgement in the air close to the Earth. The angels shall stand with the cross, the crown of thorns, the lance, and the other instruments; they display them]
p. 453, l. 428	Tunc emittet sanguinem de latere eius.[Then he shall send forth blood from out of his side]
p. 456, l. 508	Tunc angeli ibunt ac cantabunt euntes ac venientes ‘Letamini [Laetamini] in domino, salvator mundi, domine.’ Ac omnes salvati eos sequentur; postea veniunt demones, quorum dicat Primus:[Then the angels shall go and as they come and go they shall sing ‘Laetamini in Domino,’ ‘Salvator mundi, domine,’ And all the redeemed shall follow them. Then the devils come, and the first of them is to say]
p. 462, l. 676	Tunc demones exportabunt eos, et venient quatuor evangelistae.[Then the devils shall carry them off, and the four evangelists shall come]

The Chester Plays

Appendix 1A

The Raven-and-Dove Scene in Play 3 The Waterleaders and Drawers of Dee [Noyes Fludd]

[After the Stage Direction following 260, H has forty-eight lines not present in the Group manuscripts. Noah is speaking.]

p. 464, l. 8	Tunc dimittet corvum, et capiens columbam in manibus, dicat:[Then he shall release the crow, and taking the dove in his hands, let him say]
l. 15	Tunc emittet columbam; et erit in nave aliam columbam ferens olivam in ore, quam dimittet aliquis ex malo per funem in manibus Noe; et postea dicat Noe:[Then he shall send out a dove; and in the ship will be another dove carrying olive in its mouth, which someone shall let down by a cord from the mast into the hands of Noah; and afterwards let Noah say]
p. 465, l. 47	Tunc egrediens archam cum tota familia sua, accipiet animalia sua et volucres et offeret ea et mactabit.[Then, coming out of the Ark with all his family, he will take his animals and birds and offer them up and make a sacrifice]

Appendix 1B

The Whole of Play 5 The Cappers Playe [Moses and the Law: Balaack and Balaam] in MS. H

p. 466, l. 24	Tunc Princeps Sinagogae statuet eum in loco, et quasi pro populo loquatur ad dominum et Moysen.[Then the principal of the Synagogue shall cause him to standin the place and shall speak as if on behalf of the people to theLord and to Moses]
p. 467, l. 32	Tunc Moyses stans super montem loquatur ad populum:[Then Moses standing on the mountain is to speak to the people]
p. 468, l. 88	Tunc Moyses descendet de monte, et ex altera parte montis dicet rex Balaac equitando:[Then Moses shall descend from the mountain, and from another part of the mountain king Balaack on his horse shall say]
p. 470, l. 128	Tunc ibit ad Balaam.[Then he (the soldier) shall go to Balaam]
p. 471, l. 152	Tunc equitabunt versus regem, et eundo dicat Balaam:[Then they shall ride towards the king and on the way Balaam shall say]
l. 160	Tunc Angelus obviabit Balaam cum gladio extracto in manu, et stabit asina.[Then the angel shall intercept Balaam with a drawn sword in his hand and the ass shall stop]
l. 168	Tunc percutiet asinam, et loquetur aliquis in asina:[Then he shall strike the ass and someone inside the ass is to say]
p. 472, l. 184	Tunc Balaam videns Angelum evaginatum gladium habentem adorans dicat:[Then Balaam seeing the angel with drawn sword, is to say reverently]
l. 200	Tunc Balaam et Miles ibunt. Balaack venit in obviam.[Then Balaam and the soldier shall go on. Balaack comes to meet them]
p. 473, l. 216	Tunc adducens secum Balaam in montem et ad australem partem respiciens, dicat ut sequitur:[Then leading Balaam to the mountain with him and looking towards the south he is to say as follows]
p. 474, l. 240	Tunc adducet eum ad borealem partem.[Then he shall lead him to the North side]
p. 475, l. 264	Ad occidentale partem.[To the west side]
p. 476, l. 288	Tunc Balaam ad caelum respiciens prophetando.[Then Balaam looking to heaven prophesying]

Appendix IC

The Final Section of Play 16A The Irenmongers Playe [Passion] in H

p. 482, l. 32	Tunc sursum aspiat [aspiciat?].[Then let him look upwards]
p. 484, l. 76	Tunc venint [venit/veniunt] simul ad Pilatum et Joseph flectando dicat:[Then they go together to Pilate and Joseph turns [or: bowing down] says]
p. 485, l. 100	Tunc ibunt pariter super montem.[Then they shall go together onto the mountain]

Appendix 1D

The Final Scene of Play 18 The Skynners Playe [Resurrection] in H and R

p. 486, l. 1	Tunc veniet Jesus alba indutus baculumque crucis manibus portans; et Maria Magdalena venienti sit obviam dicens:[Then Jesus shall come, dressed in white and carrying a staff of the cross in his hands; and Mary Magdalene appearing, he turns towards her, saying]
p. 487, l. 23	It Maria Magda. ad Mariam Jacobi et ad Mariam Solome:[Mary Magdalen goes to Mary Jacobi and to Mary Salome saying]
p. 488, l. 39	Tunc ibunt mulieres et veniet obviam illis Jesus dicens:[Then the women shall go and Jesus shall appear before them saying]
l. 55	Tunc ibunt ad Petrum; et ait Maria Solome:[Then they shall go to Peter and Mary Salome says]
p. 489, l. 71	Tunc veniet Jesus obvians Petro.[Then Jesus shall appear before Peter]

Appendix IIB

23 The Diars Playe [Antichrist] The Peniarth ‘Antichrist’

p. 491, l. 1	Primo equitando incipiat Antechristus.[Firstly, let the antichrist begin to speak, on horseback]
p. 495, l. 104	Tunc resurgendo dicat Primus Mortuus:[Then, rising up, the First Dead Man is to say]
p. 496, l. 141	Tunc transeunt ad Antechristum.[Then they go across to the Antichrist]
l. 149	Tunc recedent de tumulo usque ad terram, et dicat:[Then they shall withdraw from the hill to the ground, and he is to say]
p. 497, l. 164	Tunc Antechristus levat caput suum surgens a mortuis.[Then the Antichrist is to lift up his head, and rise from the dead]
l. 172	Tunc transient [transeant] ad Antechristum.[Then let them go across to the Antichrist]
p. 498, l. 180	Tunc assendit Antechristus ad cathedr, et Tercius Rex.[dicit][Then the Antichrist ascends the throne, and the Third King (shall speak?)]
l. 196	Tunc emittit spiritum, dicens ‘Dabo vobis cor novum et spritum [spiritum] novum in medio vestri’.[Then he dies (‘gives up his spirit’), saying ‘I shall bestow new heart and new spirit amongst you’]
p. 500, l. 252	Tunc sedeat Antechristus et veniant Enoke et Elysas quorum dicat Enoke.[Then let the Antichrist be seated and Enoke and Elysas are toappear, and Enoke is to say]
p. 503, l. 340	Et sic transibunt Ennoke et Helyas ad Antechristum, quorum dicat Ennoke:[And so Ennoke and Helyas will cross over to the Antichrist and Ennoke is to say]
p. 513, l. 624	Tunc Antechristus occidet Enoke et Eliam et omnes conversos cum gladio et redebit [reddet] ad cathedram, cui dicat Michaell cum gladio in manu sua dextra.[Then the Antichrist will slay Ennoke and Helyas, and all the converts with his sword, and he will return to the throne, where Michael, sword in his right hand, is to address him]
l. 648	Tunc Mychaell occidet Antechristum et in occidendo dicat Antechristus ‘Help, help’:[Then Michael shall slay the Antichrist, and as he dies, let the Antichrist cry out ‘Help, help’]
p. 514, l. 656	Tunc morietur Antechristus et veniant duo demones quorum dicat Primus Demon.[Then as the Antichrist is dying, let two demons appear, and the first Demon is to say]
p. 515, l. 682	Animam eius tunc capiat.[Then let him take his soul
p. 516, l. 702	Tunc ibunt demones ad infernum cum animam Antechristi, et sugent [surgent] Ennoke e Helyas, quorum dicat Ennoke:[Then the demons shall go off to hell with the soul/spirit of the Antichrist, and Ennoke and Helyas shall rise up, and Ennoke is to say]
l. 726	Tunc ibit Angelus adducens Ennok et Helyam ad celum cantans ‘Gaudete justi in domino’.[Then the Angel shall go [off], leading Ennoke and Helyas to Heaven, singing ‘Rejoice, ye righteous, in the Lord’]

Appendix IIC

16 The Fletchers, Bowiers, Cowpers, and Stringers Playe [Trial]

p. 517, l. 1	Et primo veniente [venientes] Judei adducentes Jesum ad Annam et Caypham; et primo [Primus] Judeus incipit:[And firstly the Jews enter, bringing Jesus to Annas and Cayphas; and the First Jew begins]
l. 8	Annas dicit:[Annas says]
p. 519, l. 73	Tunc Judei statuent Jesum in cathedram, et dicat torquendo Primus Judeus:[Then the Jews are to place Jesus on a chair/throne, and turning round, the First Jew is to say]
p. 520, l. 81	TERCIUS JUDEUS (exputas) [exputans][Third Jew spitting]
l. 85	QUARTUS JUDEUS (exputas) (exputans)[Fourth Jew spitting]
l. 89	PRIMUS JUDEUS (dans alapam)[First Jew giving a slap]
l. 93	SECUNDUS JUDEUS (dans alapam velando faciem Jesu)[Second Jew giving Jesus a slap while covering the face of Jesus]
p. 521, l. 105	PRIMUS JUDEUS (percutiens)[First Jew striking]
l. 109	SECUNDUS JUDEUS (percutiens)[Second Jew striking]
l. 113	TERCIUS JUDEUS (percutiens)[Third Jew striking]
l. 121	Tunc cessabunt ab alapis, et dicat Cayphas:[Then they shall cease from their blows and Caiaphas is to say]
p. 522, l. 129	Tunc Cayphas et Annas et Judei adducant Jesum ad Pilatum. Dicat [Cayphas]:[Then Caiaphas and Annas and the Jews shall lead Jesus to Pilate. Cayphas is to say]
p. 523, l. 174	Tunc ibunt duo Judei adducentes Jesum ad Herodem; et dicat [Primus Judeus]:[Then the two Jews shall go, leading Jesus to Herod; and the First Jew shall speak]
p. 524, l. 190	Tunc nichill respondebit; et dicat Herodes:[Then Jesus shall make no reply and Herod is to say]
l. 214	Tunc indeunt Judei eum veste alba et dicat [Primus Judeus]:[Then the Jews shall dress him in a white garment; and the First Jew is to say]
p. 525, l. 222	Tunc exeunt Judei ad Pilatum adducentes Jesum veste alba, et dicat Primus Judeus:[Then the Jews shall leave, leading Jesus in the white garment to Pilate; and the First Jew is to say]
p. 526, l. 254	Tunc Pilatus lavabit manibus, et Cayphas et Annas recedent cum Pilato; et dicat [Pilatus]:[Then Pilate shall wash his hands. And Caiaphas and Annas shall withdraw with Pilate, and Pilate is to say]
p. 529, l. 326	Tunc spoliabunt ipsum et ligabunt ad columnam; et dicat Tercius Judeus (Here the[y] bynde him).[Then they shall strip him and shall bind him to a pillar; and the Third Jew is to say]
l. 334	Tunc postquam flagellaverent eum, postea indunt eum purpurea ponentes in cathedram, et dicat Primus Judeus:[Then after they have scourged him they dress him in purple and sit him on a chair; and the FirstJew is to say]
l. 338	Secundus Judeus ponnes [ponens?] coranam spineam super caput et dicat:[The Second Jew, placing a crown of thorns upon his head, is to say]

The prologe of this tretye. or meditation off the buryall of Criste and mowrnyng þerat

[Christ’s Burial]

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Oxford: The Bodleian Library, e Museo 160, fols 140^r–156^v

FACSIMILE:

The Digby Plays Facsimiles of the plays in Bodley MSS Digby 133 and e Museo 160, intro. by Donald C. Baker and J. L. Murphy, Medieval Drama Facsimiles III (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1976)

MODERN SOURCE:

The Late Medieval Religious Plays of Bodleian MSS Digby 133 and e Museo 160, ed. by Donald C. Baker John L. Murphy and Louis B. Hall Jr. Early English Text Society OS 283 (Oxford: Oxford Univerity Press, 1982), pp. 141–68

[The text used here is from Baker, Murphy and Hall, 1982]

p. 142, l. 55	Off the wepinge of the thre Maries
l. 55	Two cancelled lines:Man, harkyn how Mavdleyn with þe Maris ij^o Wepis and wringes thair handes os thay goo(This is a play to be played, on part on Gud Friday afternone, and þe other part opon Ester Day after the resurrection in the morowe, but at ⟨the⟩ begynnynge ar certen lynes which ⟨shuld⟩ not be said if it be plaied, which … [remaining words cut off at bottom])
	Thre Mariye sais all togider in a voce.
p. 153, l. 391	⟨Ni⟩codemus venit.[Nichodemus comes]
p. 154, l. 434	Joseph, redy to tak Crist down, sais:
p. 155, l. 449	Mary, Virgyn and Mother [with John Euaungeliste] com then sayinge:
l. 455	Mary Virgyn sais, falles in swown:
p. 157, l. 507	et cadit in extas⟨ia⟩ [ecstase][and she falls into a swoon]
p. 167, l. 832	Exeunt[Two Marys depart]
l. 833	Sepeli[ur]. [He is buried]

Her Begynnes His Resurrection on Pas[c]he daye at Morn

[Christ’s Resurrection]

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Oxford: The Bodleian Library, e Museo 160, fols 156^v–172^r

FACSIMILE:

MODERN SOURCE:

[The text used here is from Baker, Murphy and Hall, 1982]

p. 169, l. 1	Mawdleyne begynnes, sayinge:
p. 171, l. 60	Secund Marye commys in and sais:
p. 172, l. 105	Thride Marye commys in.
p. 173, l. 133	The angelle spekes:
l. 134	Three Maryes togider sais:
p. 177, l. 266	Tunc exeunt hee tres Marie.[Then the three Marys go out
	Petrus intrat, flens amare.Peter enters, weeping bitterly]
p. 181, l. 398	Et sic cadit in terram, flens amare. [Andreas et Iohannes intrant.] Andreas, frater Petri, dicit:[And thus he (Peter) falls to the earth, weeping bitterly [Andrew and John enter] Andrew, brother of Peter says]
p. 186, l. 557	tunc exit Iohannes et dicit Petrus:[Then John departs and Peter says]
l. 569	[Exeunt Petrus et Andreas][Peter and Andrew depart.
	Intrat Maria MagdalenaMary Magdalene enters]
p. 187, l. 601	Jhesus intrat, in specie ortulani [hortulani], dicens:[Jesus enters, in the guise of a gardener, and says]
l. 618	Jhesus dicit: ‘Maria!’Mawdleyn awnswers: ‘Raboni!’
p. 188, l. 628	Exit Jhesus
l. 637	Secund Marye intrat cum tercia.[Second Mary enters with Third]
p. 189, l. 665	Tunc venit Jhesus et salutat mulieres istas tres. Tamen mulieres nil dicunt ei, sed procidunt ad pedes eius.[Then Jesus enters and greets these three women. However, the women say nothing to him, but fall at his feet]
l. 672	[Exit Jhesus]
p. 190, l. 691	Tunc hee tres cantant idem, id est, ‘Victime pascha⟨li⟩’—totum vsque ad ‘Di⟨c nobis⟩’ in cantifracto vel saltum in pallinodio. Tunc occurent eis apostoli, scilicet Petrus, Andreas, et Johann⟨es⟩, cantantes hoc, scilicet: ‘Dic nobis, Maria, quid vidisti in vi⟨a⟩?’ Respondent mulieres, cantantes: ‘Sepulcrum Christi viue⟨ntis⟩’, et cetera, vsque ad ‘Credendum est’. Apostoli, respondentes, cantant: ‘Credendum est magis soli Marie veraci quam Judeorum turbe fallaci’. Mulieres iterum cantant: ‘Scim⟨us⟩ Christum surrexisse vere’. Apostoli et mulieres s⟨imul⟩ cantant quasi concredentes: ‘Tu nobis Christe rex misere⟨re⟩’. Amen. post cantum dicit Petrus.[Then these three sing the same, that is ‘Victime Paschali’—up to ‘Di[c nobis]’ singing it in separate phrases [pricksong] or by alternate lines [a ‘leap’ in repetition]. Then the apostles shall run to them, namely Peter, Andrew and John, singing this, as follows: ‘Dic nobis, Maria, quid vidisti in vi[a]?’ The women respond, singing, ‘Sepulcrum Christi viven[tis]’ et cetera, up to ‘Credendum est’. The apostles, responding, sing: ‘Credendum est magis soli Marie veraci quam Judeorum turbe fallaci’. The women again sing: ‘Scim[us] Christum surrexisse vere’. The apostles and women together sing as if confiding: ‘Tu nobis Christi rex misere[re]. Amen’. After the song Peter says:Sufficit si cantetur eisdem notis et cantibus vt habetur in sequentia predicta.Petrus dicit post cantum.[it is sufficient if they sing the same notes and chants as in the aforesaid sequence.⟩ Peter says after the song] ‘leap: Music’. A passing from one note to another by an interval greater than a degree of the scale (OED Online, ‘leap’, sv. 7).
p. 191, l. 721	Tunc ibunt. Precurrens, Johannes dicit:[Then they (Peter and John) will go. Running ahead John says
p. 192, l. 755	Tunc cantant omnes simul: ‘Scimus Christum’, vell aliam sequentiam aut ympnum de resurrectione. Post cantum dicit Joh[an]nes, finem faciens.[Then all together sing ‘Scimus Christum’ or another sequence or hymn of the Resurrection. After the song John says, making an end (to the play)]

[The Conversion of St. Paul]

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Oxford: The Bodleian Library, MS Digby 133 fols 37–50^v

FACSIMILE:

MODERN SOURCE:

[The text used here is from Baker, Murphy and Hall, 1982]

p. 1, l. 14	Here entryth Saule, goodly besene in þe best wyse, lyke an aunterous knyth, thus sayying:
p. 2, l. 35	Her cummyth Sale to Caypha and Anna, prestys of þe tempyll.
p. 3, l. 56	Her Saule resayuyth ther letters.
l. 84	Here goyth Sale forth a lytyll asyde for to make hym redy to ryde, the seruua[n]t thus seyng:
p. 5, l. 119	Here commyth þe fyrst knyth to þe stabylgrom, sayng:
l. 126	Her þe knyth cummyth to Saule wyth a horse.
l. 140	Her Sale rydyth forth wyth hys seruantys abowt þe place, owt of þe pl⟨ac⟩e.
p. 6, l. 154	Poeta—si placet.[the Poet—if he wishes or it is agreed]DaunceConclusyon
p. 6, l. 161	Finis istius stacionis et altera sequitur[The end of this section and the second follows]
l. 168	Here commyth Saule, rydyng in wyth hys seruantys.
p. 7, l. 182	Here comyth a feruent, wyth gret tempest, and Saule faulyth down of hys horse; þat done, Godhed spekyth in heuyn:
p. 8, l. 210	Here the knyghtys lede forth Sale into a place, and Cryst apperyth to Annanie, sayng:
p. 9, l. 244	Et exiat Deus.[And god is to go out]
l. 247	Here Ananias goth toward Saule.
p. 10, l. 261	Her Saule ys in contemplacyon.
l. 268	Here commyth Anania to Saule, sayeng:
p. 11, l. 291	Hic aparebit Spiritus Sanctus super eum.[Here, the Holy Spirit (in the form of a dove) shall appear above him]
p. 12, l. 345	DaunceConclusyo
p. 13, l. 359	Finis istius secunde stacionis et sequitur tarcia [tercia].[The end of this second section and the third follows]
l. 366	[Jerusalem. Caypha and Anna in the temple. Enter the knights.]
p. 15	(Here is the cancelled passage; lines are numbered 1–14)
l. 1	Her apperyth Saule in a disciplis wede, sayeng:
l. 412 (resumed)	Here to enter a dyvel wyth thunder and fyre, and to avaunce hymsylfe, sayeng as folowyth, and hys spech spokyn, to syt downe in a chayre:
p. 16, l. 432	Here shall entere anoþer devyll callyd Mercury, wyth a fyeryng, commyng in hast, cryeng and roryng, and shall say as folowyth:
p. 17, l. 470	Here þei shall rore and crye, and þen Belyal shal saye
p. 18, l. 501	Here þei shal vanyshe away wyth a fyrye flame, and a tempestHere aperyth Saul in hys dyscyplys wede, sayng
p. 21, l. 599	Recedit paulisper[He retires for a short while]
p. 23, l. 648	Conclusyo
l. 662	Finis co[n]uercionis Sancti Pauli.

Gwreans An Bys: The Creacion of the World

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Oxford: Bodleian Library, Bodleian MS. 219

MODERN SOURCES:

Gwreans An Bys: The Creation of the World, A Cornish Mystery, ed. and trans. Whitley Stokes (Berlin: A. Asher, 1863; London: Williams & Norgate, 1864)

The Creacion of the World: A Critical Edition and Translation, ed. and trans. by Paula Neuss (New York, London: Garland Publishing, 1983)

[The text used here is from Stokes, 1863/1864]

p. 6, l. 1	The first daie [of] y^e playe[The father must be in a clowde and when he speakethe of heaven let y^e levys open]
l. 11	[Genesis capite primo [capitulum primum][Genesis chap. 1.]
p. 16, l. 162	Angell of Lucyfer in the second degree speaketh kneelinge:
l. 178	Angell of Lucyfer in the 3 degree speketh kneeling:
p. 18, l. 194	[Let hem offer to assend to y^e trone the Angell stayethe hem]
p. 20, l. 225	[the father commeth before heven & speaketh to lucyfer:]
p. 22, l. 243	[lett hell gape when y^e father nameth yt]
p. 24, l. 298	[All the Angells must haue swords and staves & must come to the rome wher Lucyfer ys]
p. 26, l. 312	[let lucyfer offer to go vpe to the trone]
p. 28, l. 325	[Let them fight w^th swordis and in the end Lucyfer voydeth & goeth downe to hell apareled fowle w^th fyre about hem turning to hell and every degre of devylls of lether & spirytis on cordis runing into y^e playne and so remayne ther, 9 angells after Lucyfer goeth to hell]
l. 339	[Adam and Eva aparlet in whytt lether in a place apoynted by the conveyour & not to be sene tyll they be called & thei knell & ryse]
p. 30, l. 350	[Let Paradyce be fynelye made wyth ii^v fayre trees in yt And an appell vpon the tree & som other frute one the other
l. 354	[A fowntaine in Paradice & fyne flowers in yt painted]
l. 358	[Let the father put Adam into paradise]
l. 362	[Lett flowres apeare in paradice]
p. 32, l. 370	[poynt to the tree]
l. 383	[let the father take a bone owt of adam is syde]
l. 388	[Let adam laye downe & slepe wher eva ys & she by the conveyour must be taken from adam is syde]
p. 34, l. 396	[Let fyshe of dyuers sortis apeare & serten beastis as oxen kyne shepe & such like]
l. 402	[At the Father is comandem^t she [leg. they] eryseth]
l. 408	[A fyne serpent made w^th a virgyn face & yolowe heare vpon her head]
l. 411	[Let the serpent apeare & also gees & hennes]
p. 36, l. 419	[After the father hath spoken lett hem departe to heaven in a clowde]
p. 40, l. 495	[Let the serpent wait in the plain]
p. 42, l. 516	[Let Lucyfer com to the serpent and offer to goe in to her]
l. 519	[The serpent voydeth & stayeth and [Lucyfer agayn] ofereth to go in to her]
l. 524	[Lucyfer entreth into y^e serpent]
p. 44, l. 537	[The serpent singeth in the tree]
l. 547	[Then eva wondreth of the Serpent when she speaketh]
p. 46, l. 577	[Eva talketh famylyarlye w^th the serpent and cometh neare hem]
p. 50, l. 624	[Let eva look angerly on the serpent and profer to depart]
p. 54, l. 671	[She commeth anear the serpent agayne and geveth heed to his words]
l. 678	[Lett y^e serpent bow downe the appll to eva, & she takethe y^e appell]
p. 58, l. 722	[Eva departeth to Adam & presenteth hem the appll]
l. 735	[Shew the appell to Adam]
p. 60, l. 740	[Adam is afrayde [at] the sight of the apple]
p. 64, l. 795	[Profer the appell to Adam, he refuseth yt]
l. 808	[Lett her speak angerly to Adam]
p. 66, l. 826	[Lett her profer to depart]
l. 832	[profer hem the appll]
p. 68, l. 845	[Eva gevethe hem the appll]
l. 851	[Adam receveth the appll and doth tast yt and so repenteth and throweth yt away]
l. 862	[Eva loketh upon Adam very strangly and speketh [not] eny thing]
p. 70, l. 871	[ffig leaves redy to cover their members]
p. 72, l. 900	[The father speketh to the serpent]
p. 74, l. 922	[Let Lucyfer com owte of the serpent, the serpent remayneth in the tree. And lett hem crepe on his belly to hell w^th great noyse]
p. 76, l. 954	[Let the father ascend to heaven]
p. 78, l. 969	[desend angell]
l. 976	[The garmentis of skynnes to be geven to adam and eva by the angell. Receave the garmentis. Let them depart owt of paradice and adam and eva folowing them. Let them put on the garmentis and shewe a spyndell and a dystaff]
p. 80, l. 1005	[Death departeth away]
p. 84, l. 1055	[shew her ij sonnes]
l. 1061	[He speakethe to Cayne]
l. 1067	[He turnethe to Abell]
p. 86, l. 1081	[A lambe redy with fyre and insence]
p. 88, l. 1114	[A chawbone readye]
l. 1117	[Abell ys strycken with a chawe bone and dyeth]
p. 90, l. 1126	[Englisch]
l. 1134	[Cast Abell into a dyche]
l. 1143	[when y^e father speakethe to Cayme tell hem looke downe]
p. 92, l. 1165	[Let not cayme looke in the father is face but look down & quake]
p. 94, l. 1180	[Let the father make a marcke in his forehedd this word omega]
l. 1189	[The father depart to heaven]
p. 96, l. 1218	[Eva commeth to adam wher he lyeth and she proffer to take hem vpe]
p. 100, l. 1247	[Eva is sorrowfulle tereth her haire & falleth downe vpon adam. he comforteth her]
p. 102, l. 1286	[Cayme speakethe to hys wiff]
p. 106, l. 1327	[Adam kneleth]
p. 108, l. 1370	[Let hem shew the marck]
p. 110, l. 1384	[Some fardell to carre with them]
l. 1393	[Show Seth]
p. 112, l. 1413	[Adam kneleth & Seth also]
p. 116, l. 1486	[Bow and arw redy with the Servant]
p. 118, l. 1497	[depart lameck. his servant leadethe hem to the Forest near the bushe]
p. 120, l. 1532	[Shew the marcke]
l. 1541	[Let hem hyde hem self in a bushe]
p. 122, l. 1555	[let his man levyll the arrowe; and then shote]
l. 1565	[when cayme is stryken lett bloud appeare & let hem tomble]
p. 124, l. 1574	[Lamec cometh to hem & fyleth hem]
l. 1590	[hear Lamec feleth hem]
p. 132, l. 1705	[kill hem with a staf]
p. 134, l. 1712	[depart away]
l. 1721	[the devills car[i]eth them w^th great noyes to hell]
p. 136, l. 1751	[an angell in the gate of paradice, a bright sworde in his hand]
p. 138, l. 1757	[Let seythe depart and folow the prynt of adam is feet to paradice]
l. 1773	[A tree in paradice with a meyd in the topp & reching in her armes the serpent]
p. 140, l. 1801	[Let seyth look into paradice]
p. 142, l. 1804	[Ther he vyseth all thingis. and seeth ij trees and in the one tree, sytteth mary the virgyn & in her lappe her son jesus in the tope of the tree of lyf, and in the other tree y^e serpent w^ch caused Eva to eat the appell]
p. 144, l. 1838	[The Angell goeth to the Tree of Lyf and breaketh an appll and taketh iij coores and geveth yt to seyth]
p. 146, l. 1879	[Seyth goes to his father with the coores & gyveth yt hem]
p. 154, l. 1964	[Lett Death apeare to adam]
p. 160, l. 2055	[They go to hell w^th great noyes]
l. 2063	[An Angell conveyeth adams soole to lymbo]
p. 162, l. 2077	[Lett adam be buried in a fayre tombe w^th some churche songis at hys buryall]
l. 2088	[The 3 kernels put in his mowthe & nostrels]
p. 164, l. 2109	[Enoch kneleth when the father speketh]
l. 2121	[Enoch is caried to paradice]
p. 168, l. 2158	[Let hem poynt to the sun the moone & the firmament]
p. 170, l. 2205	[Putt the pillers upright]
p. 172, l. 2239	[Noy commeth before heven & kneleth]
p. 174, l. 2253	[tooles and tymber redy. w^th planckis to make the arcke, a beam a mallet a calkyn yre[n] ropes mass[t]es pyche and tarr]
p. 178, l. 2303	[Lett Tuball fall a laugh[i]ng]
p. 184, l. 2408	[Let them both depart]
p. 186, l. 2414	[The arck redy and all manner of beastis and fowles to be putt in the arck]
l. 2418	[Let rayne appeare]
p. 188, l. 2447	[a raven & a culver ready]
l. 2450	[let the raven fle and the colver after]
p. 190, l. 2459	[The culver cometh w^th a branche of olyf in her mouthe]
p. 192, l. 2483	[An alter redy veary fayre]
l. 2490	[Som good church songes to be songe at the alter … and frankensens]
l. 2500	[a Rayne bowe to appeare]
p. 196, l. 2548	Heare endeth the Creacōn of the worlde w^th noyes flude wryten by William Jordan: the XIIth of August 1611

Cornish Ordinalia

Ordinalia de Origine Mundi

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Oxford: Bodleian Library, Bodleian MS. 791

MODERN SOURCES:

The Ancient Cornish Drama, ed. and trans. Edwin Norris, 2 vols (Oxford: University Press, 1859)

The Cornish Ordinalia: A Medieval Dramatic Trilogy, I Beginning of the World II Christ’s Passion III Resurrection of Our Lord, trans. by Markham Harris (Washington, DC: The Catholic University of America Press, 1969)

[The text used here is from Norris, 1859]

p1^a	Hic incipit Ordinale de Origine Mundi[Here beginneth the drama [play script] of the beginning of the world]
p. 4, l. 48	Hic descendit Deus de pulpito et dicit Deus [hic ludit Lucifer de celo][Here God comes down from the upper stage [scaffold], and God says: —Here Lucifer from heaven appears in the place]
p. 6, l. 56	Hic faciat Adam et dicit Deus:[Here let him make Adam, and God says]
p. 8, l. 92	[ient [eunt] ad paradisum][they go to paradise]
l. 98	Et Adam dormiet. hic facit deus euam et ducet eam ad Adam et accipiet per manus suas. et dicit deus pater:[And Adam shall sleep: here god makes Eve, and shall lead her to Adam, and he shall take her by his hands; and God the Father says]
p. 12, l. 148	Tunc iet deus pater ad celum et postea diabolus tanquam serpens loquitur ad euam in arbore scientie et dicit male ad euam:[Then God the Father shall go to heaven; and afterwards the Devil, like a serpent, speaks to Eve in the tree of knowledge, and he says wickedly to Eve]
p. 16, l. 204	Tunc [eva] accipiet pomum et deferet ad adam et dicit Eua:[Then she shall gather the apple, and carry it to Adam; and Eve says]
p. 20, l. 248	Et tunc comedit ex poma et videt se nudum et dicit gemitu[And then he eats of the apple, and sees that he is naked, and says with a groan]
l. 256	[Adam abscondit se in paradiso][Adam hides himself in Paradise]
l. 256	Tunc veniet Deus pater ad Adam et dicit ei:[Then God the Father shall come to Adam, and say to him]
p. 22, l. 284	[hic demon sit presens][Here let the Devil be present]
l. 300	[lq.[loquitur] ad serpentem:][He speaks to the Serpent]
p. 24, l. 330	Et tunc Deus ascendit ad celum et dicit ad cherubyn:[And then God ascends to heaven, and says to the Cherub]
p. 26, l. 342	[hic descendit che.[cherubyn]][Here the cherub goes down]
l. 350	[cherubin restat in paradiso][The Cherub remains in Paradise.][hic adam et eua recedunt de paradiso][Here Adam and Eve depart from Paradise]
p. 28, l. 370	Et fodiet et terra clamat et iterum fodiet et clamat terra[And he shall dig, and the earth cries: and again he shall dig, and the earth cries]
l. 378	[hic descendit deus pater][Here God the Father comes down]
p. 32, l. 436	[Hic transiet deus pater ad celum.][Here God the Father shall pass on to heaven]
p. 34, l. 448	[recedit Caym.][Cain retires]
p. 36, l. 466	Tunc cum istis quatuor ritis iat [eat] ad altare spaciando in platea et dicit Caym:[Then with those four rites(?) let him go to the altar, walking on the stage [in the place]; and Cain says]
p. 38, l. 498	[Hic venient omnes in platea][Here all shall come upon the stage [in the place]]Et tunc caym offerat partem decimarum et [ut] custodiret alteram partem decimarum et dicit caym:[And then let Cain offer a part of the tithes, that he may keep another part of the tithes; and Cain says]
p. 40, l. 540	Tunc percuciet eum in capite et morietur et dicit lucifer:[Then he shall strike him on the head, and he shall die; and Lucifer says]
p. 42, l. 552	[ihent [ibunt] ad Abel][They shall go to Abel]
p. 44, l. 570	Tunc veniet Deus pater ad terram loquitur cum caym et dicit Deus pater:[Then God the Father shall come to the earth; he speaks with Cain; and God the Father says]
l. 576	[vox clamat][A voice calls]
p. 46, l. 605	[Hic ds. [Deus] ascendit ad celum][Here God ascends to heaven]Tunc veniet chaym ad adam patrem suum et dicit adam:[Then Cain shall come to Adam his father; and Adam says]
p. 48, l. 643	Et tunc iet ad adam et dicit ei:[And then he shall go to Adam; and he says to him]
p. 50, l. 669	Et tunc recedat ab ea paucumper[And then let him go away a little while from her]et iterum veniet ad eam[And again he shall come to her]
p. 52, l. 683	Hic adam iet ad opus suum[Here Adam shall go to his work]
p. 56, l. 732	Et tunc iet ad paradisum [et d^t [dicit] cherubin:][And then he shall go to Paradise; [and the Cherub says]]
l. 752	[et respicit et vertit se dicens:][And he looks, and turns round, saying]
p. 60, l. 794	[vadit et respicit et revertit][He goes, and looks, and returns]
l. 802	[iterum vadit in sup^(erum)][Again he goes up]
p. 62, l. 834	Et tunc veniet ad patrem [Adam et dicit ei:][And then he shall come to his father [Adam, and he says to him
p. 64, l. 860	et tunc morietur adam et dicit seth:[And then Adam shall die; and Seth says]
l. 866	[seth facit sepulcrum et sepellitur adam][Seth makes a grave and buries Adam]
p. 66, l. 866	Hic ponet seth tria grana pomi in ore ade et dicit seth:[Here Seth shall put three seeds of the apple into Adam’s mouth; and Seth says]
l. 869	[hic ponet grana in ore ade][Here he shall put the seeds into Adam’s mouth]
l. 892	[hic descendunt][Here they go down]
p. 68, l. 898	[hic accipiat animam et portabit ad infernum[Here he shall take the soul, and carry it to hell]
p. 70, l. 892	Hic incipit de noe et nave et dicit deus:[Here beginneth of Noah and the ark; and God says]
l. 932	Tunc veniet deus pater ad noe et dicit:[Then God the father shall come to Noah; and he says]
p. 74, l. 996	tunc transeat deus pater in celum et dicit noe:[Then let God the Father pass into heaven; and Noah says]
l. 1000	Tunc iet noe ad uxorem suam et dicit ei noe:[Then Noah shall go to his wife; and Noah says to her]
p. 76, l. 1008	Tunc iet ad operanda[u]m navem suam et dicit noe:[Then he shall go to build his ship; and Noah says]
l. 1016	Et tunc veniet deus pater ad noe et dicit ei:[And then God the Father shall come to Noah; and he says to him]
p. 78, l. 1036	[Noe dicit ad uxorem suam:][Noah says to his wife]
p. 80, l. 1060	Et tunc eant omnes intra homines et jumenta et dicit noe:[Then let all go in, men and cattle [horses]; and Noah says]
p. 84, l. 1104	Et tunc mittet corvum extra et ultra non est reversa[And then he shall send out a raven, and it returned no more [it has not returned]]
l. 1116	Et tunc mittet columbam extra quae statim reuertetur ad navem et capietur intra[And then he shall send out the dove, which shall immediately return to the ship, and be taken in]
l. 1120	[hic venit columba portans ramum olive in ore suo][Here the dove comes, bringing a branch of olive in her mouth]
p. 86, l. 1140	Et mittet aliam columbam que revertetur portans ramum olive in ore suo[And he shall send another dove, which shall return, bringing a branch of olive in her mouth]
l. 1148	Et tunc discooperiant navem et dicit Noe:[And then let them uncover the ship; and Noah says]
p. 88, l. 1156	Et tunc veniet Deus pater ad Noe et stans in platea et dicit:[Then God the Father shall come to Noah; and, standing on the stage [standing in the place], says]
l. 1180	[hic paratur altare et deus pater stet iuxta][Here an altar is made ready, and let God the Father stand near it]
p. 92, l. 1206	Et tunc veniet deus pater ad noe et dicit ei:[And then God the Father shall come to Noah; and he says to him]
p. 94, l. 1254	Et tunc recedit ab eo et dicit noe:[And then he goes away from him; and Noah says]
p. 96, l. 1258	hic pompabit abraham et postea dicit:[Here Abraham shall walk about; and afterwards he says]
l. 1264	[hic descendit][Here he comes down]
l. 1284	[hic ascendit deus ad celum][Here God goes up to heaven]
p. 98, l. 1292	[hic veniet ad filium suum][Here he shall come to his son]
p. 100, l. 1324	[hic ponit lignum super altare][Here he puts the wood upon the altar]
p. 102, l. 1364	hic descendit gabriel et veniet ad abraham et tenet gladium ejus[Here Gabriel comes down, and shall come to Abraham; and he holds his sword]
p. 106, l. 1394	Hic venit moyses et dicit et deus pater stet ante ipsum[Here Moses comes and speaks; and let God the Father stand before him]
p. 112, l. 1478	[Hic deus ascendit ad celum][Here God ascends to heaven]
l. 1478	Hic pompabit rex pharo et postea dicit moyses:[Here king Pharoah shall walk about; and afterwards Moses says]
p. 116, l. 1534	[Moyses ambulat in platea][Moses walks on the stage [walks in the place]]
p. 120, l. 1584	[hic descendit pharo][Here Pharoah goes down]
p. 122, l. 1626	[ascendit super equum][He mounts a horse]
l. 1635	[hic descendit Gabriell][Here Gabriel comes down]
p. 126, l. 1674	[percutit mare][He smites the sea]
p. 128, l. 1708	Et veniet moyses et aaron et facit eis hallelujah et dicet moyses:[And Moses and Aaron shall come, and sing hallelujah; and Moses shall say]
p. 130, l. 1728	[ascendit super montem][He goes up on a mountain]
l. 1738	[scindit virgas][He cuts the rods]
p. 136, l. 1798	[hic descendit deus pater][Here God the Father comes down]
p. 138, l. 1834	[hic orat in monte][Here he prays in the mount]
p. 140, l. 1862	Et percuciet cum virga petram et exveniat aqua[And he shall strike the rock with his rod, and the water shall come out][hic percutit bis silicem et fluit aqua][Here he strikes the stone twice and water flows]
p. 142, l. 1882	[hic deus ascendit ad celum][Here God ascends to heaven[hic moyses plantat virgas in montem thabor][Here Moses plants the rods in Mount Thabor]
l. 1898	Et tunc morietur moyses[And then Moses shall die]
p. 144, l. 1898	et ludet rex dauid et ipse pompabit[And king David shall come on the stage [come in the place]; and he shall walk about]
p. 146, l. 1942	Et tunc veniet ad regem Dd. ipse solus et dicit Gabriel[And then he shall come to king David, he being alone; and Gabriel says]
l. 1952	Tunc rex vigilando dicit admirando:[Then the king waking up, says, looking about]
p. 148, l. 1974	[hic decendat Rex davit][Here let king David come down]
l. 1978	tunc equitabit[Then he shall ride]
p. 150, l. 2000	[ad equestres][To the riders]
p. 152, l. 2028	[hic descendat de equo][Here let him alight from horseback]
p. 156, l. 2072	Tunc rex evigilando a sompno ibit ad virgulas et dicit:[Then the king, waking from sleep, shall go to the rods; and he says]
p. 158, l. 2090	[ibit ad virgulas][He shall go to the rods]
l. 2104	Et dicit rex David ad bersabee [abluendo vestem in rivilo:][And king David says to Bathsheba [washing her dress in the stream]]
p. 160, l. 2120	[bersabe transeat domum cum rege dd][Let Bathsheba go home with king David.]
p. 164, l. 2174	[dicit ad barsabe][He speaks to Bathsheba]
l. 2178	[hic paratur et armatur hurias][Here Uriah is prepared and armed]
p. 164, l. 2192	[ascendit ea et vadit][She rises up, and goes]
p. 166, l. 2192	[hic descendit vryas][Here Uriah comes down]
l. 2198	[hic descendit gabriel][Here Gabriel comes down]
l. 2204	[hic ascendit super equum][Here he mounts a horse]
l. 2210	Et tunc equitabunt extra ludum[And then they shall ride out of the stage [playing place]]et postea venit nuncius et dicit ad Dd regem:[And afterwards the messenger comes, and says to David the king]
p. 168, l. 2228	Tunc veniet angelus ad regem dauid et querat questionem et dicit:[Then the angel shall come to king David, and ask him a question; and he says]
p. 170, l. 2254	Et tunc sub arbore scā? incipit psalterium[And then, under the tree……, he begins the Psalter, viz Beatus vir]
p. 172, l. 2270	[ascendit rex dd.][King David goes up]
l. 2296	[hic deus pater descendit][here God the Father descends]
p. 174, l. 2302	Et iterum veniet ad regem et dicit ei:[And he shall come again to the king; and he says to him]
p. 176, l. 2328	[hic descendit][here he goes down]
l. 2332	[deus sit in platea][Let God be on the stage [in the place]]
l. 2342	[hic deus ascendit][Here God goes up]
p. 178, l. 2345	[davit ibit ad lectos][David shall go to the Select]
l. 2364	Et tunc morietur rex David[And then king David shall die]
p. 180, l. 2370	Et ipse sepelliret ipsum et portabit corpus sub aliquo tento et ibit salamonem et dicit nuncius:[And he shall bury him, and carry the body under some tent, and shall go to Solomon; and the messenger says]
l. 2376	[hic pompabit salamon][Here Solomon shall walk about]
l. 2382	hic pompabit rex salamon si voluerit[Here Solomon shall walk about if he likes]
l. 2388	[hic descendit salamon][Here Solomon goes down]
p. 182, l. 2394	[hic intrabit][Here he shall enter]
l. 2400	Rex salamon pompabit hic et postea dicit salamon:[King Solomon shall walk about here; and afterwards Solomon says]
p. 184, l. 2418	[hic intrabit][Here he shall come in]
l. 2428	[revertat domum][He shall return home]
p. 188, l. 2494	[salamon abit domum][Solomon leaves home]
p. 196, l. 2581	[ad regem salamon][To king Solomon]
p. 198, l. 2604	Consultor erit epc [episcopus]. et dicit:[The counsellor shall be bishop; and he says]
l. 2610	[hic consultor induit vestimentum clic [clericum]][Here the counsellor puts on the clerical dress]
l. 2616	[hic dat metram episcopo][Here he gives the mitre to the bishop]
p. 200, l. 2622	[hic descendit episcopus et transiet ad templum][Here the bishop goes down, and shall cross over to the temple]
l. 2628	Et tunc orent murmurabunt quasi dicendo orationes et veniet maximilla in templo et sedet super stuppam et vestes ejus concremantur a stuppa et ipsa clamat dicens:[And then they shall pray, and speak low as if saying prayers; and Maximilla shall come into the temple, and she sits upon some tinder; and her clothes are set on fire by the tinder; and she cries out, saying]
p. 202, l. 2660	[hic ascendit episcopus in tentum suum][Here the bishop goes up to his seat]
p. 208, l. 2744	[hic moritur maximilla][Here Maximilla dies]
p. 212, l. 2784	[hic portat lignum ad bethsayda][Here he carries the wood to Bethsaida]
l. 2790	[nuncius venit ad episcopum][A messenger comes to the bishop]
p. 214, l. 2818	[hic reportat lignum a bethsaida super aquam Cedron][Here he brings back the wood from Bethsaida over the water of Cedron]

Cornish Ordinalia

Passio Domini Nostri Jhesu Christi

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Oxford: Bodleian Library, Bodleian MS 791

MODERN SOURCES:

The Ancient Cornish Drama, ed. and trans. Edwin Norris, 2 vols (Oxford: University Press, 1859)

[The text used here is from Norris, 1859]

p. 222, l. 1	Hic Incipit Passio Domini Jhesu Christi[Here beginneth the passion of our Lord Jesus Christ]
l. 1	[hic stat jhesus in monte quarentana versus jordanum et despicit intra jericho et jerusalem][Here stands Jesus in Mount Quarentana, near Jordan, and looks between Jericho and Jerusalem]
p. 224, l. 26	[hic descendant omnes de monte][Here let all come down from the mountain]
p. 226, l. 58	[hic descendit satnas (Satanas) et dicit ad jhm (Ihesum):][Here Satan goes down, and says to Jesus]
l. 68	[ad discipulos][To his disciples]
p. 228, l. 92	tunc diabolus temptet eum dicens:[Then the devil shall tempt him, saying]
p. 230, l. 106	[descendit jhs (Ihesus)][Jesus descends]
l. 124	iterum diabolus temptet eum dicens:[Again the devil shall tempt him, saying][hic descendit Gabriell][here Gabriell descends]
p. 232, l. 150	[recedit satanas][Satan retires]
p. 234, l. 162	[hic descendant angeli][Here let the angels go down]
l. 172	et tunc mittens duos discipulos ad castellum ad quaerendum asinum et pullum[And then sending two disciples to a village to seek for an ass and foal]
p. 236, l. 190	[jacob pr. (pater) matheus eunt pro asino et pullo][James the father and Mathew go for the ass and foal]
p. 238, l. 216	et tunc veniet cum asino et pullo ad ihesum et dicit matheus:[And then he shall come with the ass and foal to Jesus; and Matthew says][hic Matheus et Jacob osculantur Jhm (Jhesum)][Here Matthew and James kiss Jesus]
l. 228	Tunc veniunt pueri ebreorum et deferant palmas et flores contra ihesum et dicit primus puer:[Then the Hebrew children come, and let them carry palms and flowers to meet Jesus; and the first boy says]
p. 242, l. 264	Nunc ascendet super asinam et pullum et equitabit ad templum et dixit jhesu:[Now he shall mount upon the ass and foal, and shall ride to the temple; and Jesus said]
p. 246, l. 312	tunc descendet ihc et eat templum et dicit ihc[Then Jesus shall dismount, and go into the temple; and Jesus says]
l. 318	[hic pompabit episcopus cayphas][Here bishop Caiaphas shall parade]
l. 324	[hic descendit cayphas][Here Caiaphas goes down]
l. 330	[pannarius ibit ad templum][The cloth-merchant shall go to the temple]
p. 248, l. 354	hic pompat Pilatus[Here Pilate parades]
p. 250, l. 360	[descendit pilatus][Pilate goes down]
	nunc transeat pilatus ad templum ierusalem et dicit mercenarius [ad cayphan]:[Now let Pilate go over to the temple of Jerusalem; and the shopkeeper says to Caiaphas]
l. 372	tunc veniet pilatus ad cayphan pontificem et dicit:[Then Pilate shall come to Caiaphas the priest; and he says]
p. 252, l. 392	hic venient pilatus et cayphas ad templumtunc eant omnes ad templum et dicit cecus:
	[Here Pilate and Caiaphas shall come to the templeThen let all go to the temple; and the blind man says]
p. 256, l. 438	[pilatus dicit ad cayphan:][Pilate says to Caiaphas]
p. 258, l. 454	et tunc omnes ient ad tentos suos et symon leprosus veniet ad jhesum at dicit ei:[And then all shall go to their tents; and Simon the Leper shall come to Jesus; and he says to him]
l. 466	[hic veniet maria magdalena ad jhesu cum domino symon lepros][Here Mary Magdalene shall come to Jesus; Simon the Leper with our Lord (?)]
p. 264, l. 538	[hic surgant omnes et ambulant][Here let all rise, and they walk]
l. 552	[ordinale ad (domum) cayphe][The scene changes to the house of Caiaphas]
p. 266, l. 562	et tunc iet ad principem annam et dicit crociarius et pompabit si velit[And then he shall go to the prince Annas, and the crozier-bearer speaks; and he shall walk about if he likes/wishes[hic pompabit annas pro platea][Here Annas shall walk about in front of the place]
l. 572	et tunc iet ad episcopum [descendit][And then he shall go to the bishop.][He goes down]
l. 576	[ascendit annas][Annas goes up]
p. 268, l. 584	hic veniet iudas ad eos et dicit [princeps annas expectat et cayphas:][Here Judas shall come to them; and he says][Prince Annas and Caiaphas wait]
p. 270, l. 611	et tunc veniet iudas iscariot ad ihesum et apostolos et dicit cayphas:[And then Judas Iscariot shall come to Jesus and the apostles; and Caiaphas says
l. 616	Nunc mittat Jhc.[Jhesus Christus] discipulos ad parandum cenam dominicam[Now let Jesus send disciples to prepare the Lord’s supper]
p. 272, l. 657	Et tunc iet et implet[And then he shall go and fill it]
p. 274, l. 666	Et tunc iet ad patremfamilias et dicit ei petrus[And then he shall go to the master of the house; and Peter says to him]
l. 686	Et tunc parabunt cenam[And then they shall get the supper ready]
p. 276, l. 698	Nunc surgit ihc. [Jhesus Christus] et eat ad cenam[Now Jesus rises, and is to go to the supper]
l. 704	Et tunc ihc [Jhesus Christus] recedit ab eo et veniet ad discipulos et dicit:[And then Jesus goes away from him, and shall come to the disciples; and he says][Jhs. (Jhesus) osculatur eos][Jesus kisses them]
p. 278, l. 716	Et tunc omnes sedent in cena et dicit ihc [Jhesus Christus]:[And then all sit at supper; and Jesus says]
p. 280, l. 760	[hic Jhs. (Jhesus) dat hostiam apostolis][Here Jesus gives the Host to the apostles]
p. 286, l. 822	[hic Jhs (Jhesus) dat vinum apostolis][Here Jesus gives wine to the apostles]
l. 832	[hic aqua paratur ad lauandum pedes apostolorum et manitergium][Here water is got ready for washing the apostles feet; also a towel]
l. 838	tunc iohannes apostolus venit cum aqua calida et pelluvio et dicit iohannes:[Then John the apostle comes with warm water, and a foot tub; and John says]
p. 288, l. 844	et interea ihc [Jhesus Christus] accinctus manitergio incipiet lavare pedes discipulorum et cum venit ad petrum dicit ei petrus:[And in the meantime Jesus, girt with a towel, shall begin to wash the feet of the disciples; and when he comes to Peter, Peter says to him]
p. 294, l. 924	[hic parantur duo gladii et petrus portet unum][Here two swords are got ready, and let Peter carry one]
l. 930	tunc ibit iudas scarioth ad principes sacerdotum et dixit eis:[Then Judas Iscariot shall go to the chiefs of the priests; and he said to them]
p. 296, l. 946	[judas scar. expectat ibi][Judas Iscariot waits there]
l. 952	[tortor habeat gladium et fustem][Let the executioner have a sword and staff]
p. 298, l. 976	[Judas stans expectat cum principe Anna][Judas standing, waits with Prince Annas][loquitur ad principem annam:][He addresses prince Annas]
p. 300, l. 1010	tunc ibat (sic) Jhc in montem olivarium ad orandum et assumet secum petrum jacobum [majorem] et johannem[Then Jesus shall go to the Mount of Olives to pray; and shall take with him Peter, James [the Greater], and John]
p. 302, l. 1016	[hic petrus et Jacobus major et Johannes eunt cum Jhesu][Here Peter, and James the Greater, and John go with Jesus]
l. 1030	tunc recedit ab eis et orabit ihc [Jhesus Christus] [et ipsi dormient]Then Jesus withdraws from them, and he shall pray; [and they shall sleep]
l. 1040	[Jesus expectat ibi cum oracione][Jesus awaits there in prayer]
p. 304, l. 1047	[tunc descendit gabriel][Then Gabriel goes down]et tunc dicit angelus ad ihm (Jhesum) orando[And then the angel says to Jesus praying]
l. 1056	et tunc veniet ad discipulos tres et inveniet eos dormientes dixit eis:[And then he shall come to the three disciples, and shall find them sleeping; and he said to them]
p. 306, l. 1068	et iterum recedit ab eis [et iet ad orandum et apostoli dormient][And again he withdraws from them; [and he shall go to pray, and the apostles shall sleep]
l. 1074	et iterum veniet ad eos et inveniet eos dormientes et dicit eis:[And he shall come to them again, and find them sleeping; and he says to them]
l. 1086	[hic venient princeps annas et tortores ambulantes in platea][Here prince Annas and the executioners shall come walking in the place]
p. 308, l. 1086	iterum tercio orabat dicens:[Again he shall pray a third time, saying]
l. 1092	et tunc veniet ad eos tercio dicens:[And then he shall come to them the third time, saying]
l. 1098	et iterum veniet iudas et obuiabit eis[And Judas shall come again, and meet them]
l. 1102	[hic petrus Jacobus et Johannes eunt cum Jhesu][Here Peter, James, and John go with Jesus]
l. 1104	et osculatus est ihc [Jhesus Christus].[And Jesus has been kissed]
p. 310, l. 1108	[hic Jhs (Jhesus) dicit ad principem Annam et alios Judeos:][Here Jesus says to prince Annas and the other Jews]
l. 1112	tunc abient retrorsum et cecident in terra et iterum interrogauit eos ihc [Jhesus Christus] dicens:[Then they shall go back, and fall to the ground, and again Jesus shall ask them, saying]
p. 312, l. 1133	et tunc apprehendent eum[And then they shall seize him]
l. l. 1136	tunc petrus abscidit [abscindit] auriculam tortoris nomine malcus et dicit[Then Peter cuts off the ear of an executioner named Malchus; and says][hic petrus scidit (scindit) auriculam Malci]Here Peter cuts the ear of Malchus
l. 1148	hic jhc [Jhesus Christus] accipiet auriculam malchi et sanabit eum[Here Jesus shall take the ear of Malchus, and shall cure him]
l. 1151	[sanatur auricula malchi][The ear of Malchus is healed]
p. 314, l. 1170	[dicit ad Judeos:][He says to the Jews]
l. 1176	tunc omnes discipuli eius fugient excepto iohanne cindone cooperto et petrus sequebatur (sic) eum a longe[Then all the disciples shall flee from them, except John covered with a linen; and Peter shall follow him from afar]
p. 316, l. 1182	tunc II^s tortor accipiet iohannem apostolum et ipse relicto syndone nudus [nudu] fugiet[Then the second executioner shall seize John the apostle, and he, leaving his linen, shall flee naked]
p. 318, l. 1200	et tunc venient ad episcopum cum ihu [Jhesu Christo] et dicent ei:[And then they shall come with Jesus to the bishop, and shall say to him]
l. 1206	[hic Thomas sit presens et paratur ad ludum][Here let Thomas be present, and ready to play]
l. 1212	[hic descendit episcopus cayphas][Here bishop Caiaphas goes down]
l. 1218	[hic paratur ignis in atrio][Here a fire is lighted in the hall]
p. 320, l. 1224	[hic ancilla hostiarum sit parata ad ludendum][Here let the portress be ready to play]hic thomas introducet petrum et dicit thomas [ancillæ hostiarum:][Here Thomas shall introduce Peter, and Thomas says (to the portress)]
l. 1233	[ancilla dicit petro:][The portress speaks to Peter]
l. 1236	hic petrus primo negauit christum et dicit petrus:[Here Peter first denied Christ; and Peter says]
p. 322, l. 1244	[hic Cayphas dicit ad Jhesum:][Here Caiaphas says to Jesus]
l. 1270	et tunc dabit alapam in faciem christi[And then he shall give a blow/slap to the face of Christ]
p. 324, l. 1276	[hic tortores transeant ab eo][Here let the executioners go from him.][hic ancilla hostiarum tentat petrum et dicit:][Here the portress tempts Peter, and says][dicit ad petrum](She) says to Peter
l. 1279	[hic pannarius et mercenarius sint parati ad ludendum][Here let the cloth-dealer and the workman be ready to play]
l. 1288	[loquitur ad Jh. Jhesum:][(he/she) Speaks to Jesus]
p. 328, l. 1334	et tunc scidet [scindet] episcopus vestimenta sua propria (?) et dicit:[And then the bishop shall rend his own garments; and he says]
l. 1338	[loquitur ad principem annam:][he speaks to prince Annas]
p. 330, l. 1362	[hic paratur vestis ad velandum Jhc. (Jhesum Christum)][Here a cloth/garment is got ready to cover Jesus]
p. 332, l. 1374	[hic velatur Ihesus][Here Jesus is covered]
l. 1381	[hic dat alapam Jhesu][Here he gives a blow to Jesus]
p. 334, l. 1395	[hic spuit in faciem Jhesu][Here he spits in the face of Jesus]
p. 336, l. 1416	[et tunc ihesus respiciet petrum et dicit petrus:[And then Jesus shall look back upon Peter, and Peter says]
p. 338, l. 1464	[descendit][He goes down]
p. 340, l. 1476	et tunc ducent Jhesum in angulo s. [scilicet] in platea inter eos[And then he shall lead Jesus into a corner, viz. in the place between them]
p. 342, l. 1515	[hic projiciet monetam in terram][here he shall throw the money to the ground]
l. 1518	[paratur arbor et capistrum ad suspendendum Judam][A tree is made ready, and a halter for hanging Judas]
p. 344, l. 1530	[hic suspendit se][Here he hangs himself]
l. 1536	[hic cayphas accipiet monetam][Here Caiaphas shall take the money]
p. 346, l. 1557	[monstrat loculos cum moneta][He shows bags with money]
l. 1566	[Tunc soluit ei pecuniam et propemodum transiet cum ihesu ad pilatum][Then he pays him the money; and in like manner he shall go with Jesus to Pilate]
p. 348, l. 1578	[hic tortor transiet domun][Here the executioner shall go home]et tunc ascendant omnes præter ihesum qui stabit ante tentum pilati[And then let all go up except Jesus, who shall stand before the tent of Pilate]
p. 350, l. 1616	[hic descendit pilatus et iet in tentum cayphas][Here Pilate goes down, and Caiaphas shall go into his tent]
p. 352, l. 1628	et tunc ipsi transeant cum jhu [Jhesu] et parumper spaciabunt in platea dummodo nuncius eat post doctores et dicit cayphas[And then they are to pass (go across) with Jesus, and shall walk about a little in the place while the messenger is to go after the doctors; and Caiaphas says]
l. 1640	nunc episcopus et princeps et milites omnes transient cum jhu [Jhesu] et spaciabunt in platea[Now the bishop, and the prince, and all the soldiers shall pass with Jesus, and walk about in the place]
l. 1646	hic pompabunt doctors[Here the doctors shall parade][hic cayphas princeps annas et milites eunt cum Jhu (Ihesu) ad herodem][Here Caiaphas, prince Annas, and the soldiers go with Jesus to Herod]
p. 354, l. 1670	tunc doctores venient [et eunt ad herodem post alios][Then the doctors shall come, [and they go to Herod after the rest/others]
p. 356, l. 1676	hic pompabit si voluerit herodes[Here Herod shall shew parade, if he will (so wish)]
l. 1680	hic episcopus cayphas loquitur ad herodem et principes salutando eum:[Here bishop Caiaphas speaks to Herod and the princes, saluting him]
l. 1686	[Jhc (Jhesus Christus) hic ambulat ante tentum herodis paurumper][Jesus here walks before the tent of Herod a little/ for a short while]
p. 358, l. 1718	[herodes loquitur ad Jhesum:][Herod speaks to Jesus]
p. 362, l. 1767	et jhc [Jesus Christus] semper tacebat [tacebit][And Jesus shall still remain silent]
l. 1774	et semper ihc tacebat [tacebit] et non respondebat [respondebit] ei nullum uerbum[And he shall still be silent, and shall answer him not a word]
p. 364, l. 1780	[hic paratur tunica alba propter ihesum et tradat consultor herodi][Here a white garment is made ready for Jesus, and the counsellor is to give it to Herod]
p. 366, l. 1816	et tunc transient cum eo ad pilatum pervenient ad eum et dicit:[And then they shall pass with him to Pilate, they shall come to him; and he says]
p. 368, l. 1840	et tunc venient omnes ad pilatum et dicit:[And then all shall come to Pilate; and he says]
l. 1849	hic descendit Pilatus[Here Pilate goes down]
p. 370, l. 1864	[loquitur ad carceratorem][He speaks to the jailor]
l. 1882	[pilatus et omnes Judei transient ad tentum Cayphae][Pilate and all the Jews shall go to the tent of Caiaphas]
p. 372, l. 1905	[pompabit lucifer si placet][Here Lucifer shall walk about if he pleases]
p. 374, l. 1934	et tunc ipse iet ad uxorem pilati dormientem in tento et dicit ei belsebuc:[And then he shall go to the wife of Pilate sleeping in a tent; and Beelzebub says to her]
p. 376, l. 1955	[recedit Belsebuk][Beelzbub retires]
p. 378, l. 1984	tunc pilatus ibit ad carcerem [solus] et dicit:[Then Pilate shall go to the prison [alone], and he says]
p. 380, l. 1996	et tunc intrabit [itrabit] in carcerem pilatus [solus et dicit ad jhesum:]And then Pilate shall go into the prison [alone, and he says to Jesus]
p. 382, l. 2030	et non respondet ei et pilatus uadit foras et dicit iudeis:[And he answers him not, and Pilate goes out, and says to the Jews]
p. 384, l. 2042	[tunc cayfas eit (iet) domum cum anna][Then Caiphas shall go home with Annas]
l. 2042	et tunc vertit ad ihesum in ostio pretorii et dicit ei:[And then (Pilate) turns to Jesus in the door-way of the court, and says to him]
l. 2048	[hic paratur flagellum per tortores et postis ad ligandum Jhm. (Jhesum) et corda et cathena et corona spinea paratur][Here a whip is got ready by the executioners, and a stake to bind Jesus, and a cord, and a chain, and a crown of thorns is prepared]
p. 386, l. 2066	et tunc pilatus ascendit in tentum suum[And then Pilate goes up to his tent]
l. 2075	[exeunt tum omnes denudatur alba et paratur purpura][All then go out. He is deprived of the white robe, and a purple one is got ready]
l. 2078	[hic Jhs [Jhesus] ligatur ad postem][Here Jesus is bound to the stake]
p. 390, l. 2120	[hic paratur spinea pro corona Jhu (Jhesu)[Here thorns are prepared for a crown to Jesus]
l. 2123	[resolvitur Jhs [Jhesus] a poste][Jesus is loosened from the stake]
l. 2126	[genuflectit][He kneels]
l. 2129	[hic induunt eum purpura][here they put the purple on him]
l. 2135	[hic coronatur Jhs (Jhesus). et ponunt virgam albam in manu ejus et quidam (?) unus eorum percussit caput Jhs (Jhesu)][Here Jesus is crowned, and they put a white rod into his hand; and some/ a certain one of them strikes the head of Jesus]
p. 392, l. 2144	[hic descendit (descendunt) Cayphas et Annas][Here Caiaphas and Annas come down]
l. 2150	[tortores transeunt domum][The executioners go home]et ibit ad ihm (Jhesum) in pretorio ubi ihc (Jesus Christus) stat[And he shall go to Jesus in the court where Jesus stands]
l. 2153	[hic pilatus accipit eum per manum][Here pilate takes him by the hand]tunc veniet ad eos foras et ihm [Jhesum] in manu eius[Then he shall come out to them, and Jesus in (on?) his hand]
p. 394, l. 2160	[hic cayphas et princeps annas et doctores venient ad pilatum][Here Caiaphas and prince Annas and the doctors shall come to Pilate]
l. 2174	et tunc pilatus magis timet et iet iterum cum eo in pretorio et dicit ei unde es tu et ihc [Jhesus Christus] tacebit et dicit ei pilatus iterum:[And then Pilate fears the more, and he shall go again with him into the hall, and he says to him, ‘Whence art thou?’ and Jesus shall be silent; and Pilate says to him again]
l. 2177	hic iet cum eo [in pretorium][Here he shall go with him [into the hall]
p. 396, l. 2192	tunc exiet pilatus foras et ei obuiabit nuncius dicens ei:[Then Pilate shall go out, and a messenger shall meet him, saying to him]
p. 398, l. 2212	et tunc dicit pilatus ad episcopum caypham et principem annas et doctores:[And then Pilate says to bishop Caiaphas and prince Annas and the doctors]
l. 2215	[hic paratur cathedra pro pilato et scabella pro aliis][Here a chair is got ready for Pilate, and stools for the others]
p. 400, l. 2230	et tunc iet et sedebat pro tribulani et dicit carceratori:[And then he shall go and sit before the tribunal; and he says to the jailor]
l. 2238	hic omnes sedebunt pro tribunali scilicet pilatus cayphas princeps annas et doctors[Here they shall all sit before the tribunal, i.e. Pilate, Caiaphas, prince Annas, and the doctors]
p. 404, l. 2288	[hic parantur duo gladii][Here two swords are got ready]
p. 418, l. 2476	et dicunt omnes iudei crucifige [crucifice][And all the Jews say ‘Crucify’]
l. 2482	crucifige crucifice eum[‘Crucify him’]
l. 2488	et dicunt omnes crucifige [crucifice] eum[And all say ‘Crucify him’]
p. 420, l. 2500	et tunc lauet manus[And then he shall wash his hands]
l. 2505	et tunc vocat tortores sedendo et dicit eis:[And then sitting he calls the executioners, and says to them]
l. 2506	[hic venient tortores][Here the executioners shall come]
p. 422, l. 2518	[hic paratur lignum crucis in cedron et due cruces pro latronibus][Here the wood of the cross is prepared in Cedron, and two crosses for the thieves]
l. 2530	[tenet eum et dicit derisui Aue rex Judeorum][He holds him, and says in derision, ‘Hail, King of the Jews!’]
l. 2533	[hic spoliat eum clamide purpura et ipse stat nudus][Here he takes off his purple cloth, and he stands naked]
p. 424, l. 2557	[transeunt ad Cedron pro ligno crucis][They go to Cedron for the wood of the cross]
p. 426, l. 2572	[hic parantur due cruces pro latronibus][Here two crosses are made ready for the thieves]
l. l. 2584	[hic ponunt crucem super humerum Jhu (Jhesu)][Here they put the cross upon the shoulder of Jesus.]
p. 428, l. 2590	[Maria transit per aliam viam propter multitudinem populorum][Mary passes by another way, because of the multitude of people]
l. 2602	[hic maria dabit obviam Jhu (Jhesu) in porta civitatis][Here Mary shall meet Jesus at the gate of the city]
l. 2614	[hic venit verona et dicit]Here Verona comes and sayset tunc ihc Jhesus Christus cecidit [cecadit] in terram et illi obiabunt [obviabunt] symon [Symoni] leprosus [leproso] et dicent ei:[And then Jesus falls to the ground; and they shall meet Simon the Leper, and shall say to him]
p. 430, l. 2620	[hic ligatur (ligantur) manus Jhu (Jhesu) a tergo][Here the hands of Jesus are tied behind his back]
l. 2638	tunc ihc [Jhesus Christus] vertet ad eas [eos] et dicit:[Then Jesus shall turn to them; and he says[et Johnannes erit cum eis]:[And John shall be with them]
p. 432, l. 2668	et tunc IV^s tortor ibit ad fabrum et dicit fabro:[And then the fourth executioner shall go to the smith (smithy); and he says to the smith]
p. 434, l. 2678	tunc uxor eius increpando eum dicit:[Then his wife, scolding him, says]
l. 2687	[ostendit manum][Shews his hand]
p. 436, l. 2708	[faber retrahit se ab eis][The smith withdraws from them]
p. 440, l. 2760	[hic parantur cordae ad trahendum brachia Jhesu][Here cords are got ready to drag the arms of Jesus]
p. 442, l. 2784	[hic ligantur duo latrones in crucem][Here the two thieves are tied to the cross]
l. 2793	[hic scribit titulum causae mortis Jhesu][Here he writes the title of the cause of death to Jesus]
p. 446, l. 2834	[genuflectit illudens dominum Jhesu (Jhesum)][He kneels down, mocking the Lord Jesus]
l. 2840	[hic partiuntur sorte vestes Jhesu][Here the garments of Jesus are divided by lot]
l. 2848	[hic III^s tortor sit coopertus et dabit sortes super tunicam Jhesu][Here let the third executioner be covered, and he shall give lots on the coat of Jesus]
p. 448, l. 2860	hic incipiunt principes sacerdotum et scribe salutare genuflectando ante eum et diridendo [deridendo] eum[Here the chief priests and scribes begin to salute, kneeling before him, and mocking him]
p. 450, l. 2890	[et tunc transeunt dominus pilatus cayphas et princeps annas][And then the lord Pilate, and Caiaphas and prince Annas pass on]et tunc latro in sinistra parte imperando ei dicens:[And then the thief on his left hand reproaching him, saying]
p. 452, l. 2896	tunc alius latro in dextera parte increpando latronem et dicit ei:[Then the other thief on the right side reproves the thief, and says to him]
p. 456, l. 2964	[hic paratur spongium cum felle et aceto][Here a sponge is made ready, with gall and vinegar]et tunc centurio in tentu suo [stans] et dicit:[And then the Centurion stands in his tent, and says]
l. 2972	[descendit centurio][The Centurion goes down]
p. 458, l. 2975	[extendit spongeam][He holds out a sponge]
l. 2988	[et tunc morietur ihc (Jhesus Christus)]. [hic sol obscuratur][Then Jesus shall die.] [Here the sun is darkened]
l. 2994	[Hic fit terre motus][Here occurs an earhquake]
p. 460, l. 2998	[hic sepulcra aperiunt se][Here the graves open]
l. 3005	[et ducit longeum ad cruces et dat lanceam in manum ejus][And he leads Longius to the crosses, and gives a lance into his hand]
l. 3014	[hic perforat cor Jhu (Jhesu)][Here he pierces the heart of Jesus]
p. 462, l. 3018	tunc fluat sanguis super lancea usque ad manus longii militis et tunc terget oculos et uidebit et dicit:[Then let the blood flow upon the lance, down to the hands of the soldier Longius; and then he wipes his eyes, and he shall see; and he says]
l. 3030	[tortores ient domum][The executioners shall go home]
p. 464, l. 3066	[flat cornu][He blows the horn]
p. 466, l. 3098	tunc uenit iosep baramaeus et nichodemus et pecient [petent] corpus ihu [Jhesu][Then comes Joseph of Arimathæa and Nicodemus, and they shall request the body of Jesus]
p. 468, l. 3110	et tunc eat ad pilatum[And then let him go to Pilate]
p. 470, l. 3138	[paratur sepulcrum et lapis superponitur][A sepulchre is prepared, and a stone put upon it]
l. 3144	[hic habeat Nichodemus pync. (pinceram)][Here Nicodemus is to have a pair of pincers]
l. 3156	[Joseph accipiet Jhm (Jhesum) in brachia et portat cindone (sindone)][Joseph shall receive Jesus in his arms, and carry him in the linen]
p. 472, l. 3165	[Maria accipiet Jhm (Jhesum)][Mary shall receive Jesus]
p. 474, l. 3201	[hic ungetur corpus Maria unget caput Maria Magd. unget pedes et alia unget cor ejus][Here the body shall be anointed. Mary shall anoint his head; Mary Magdalen shall anoint his feet; and the other woman shall anoint his heart.]
l. 3207	[spellitur ihesus] [sepelitur Jhesus][Jesus is buried]
l. 3210	[hic eunt Johannis et alii genuflectentes ad sepulcrum et dant gratias patri et recedunt][Here John and the others go kneeling to the sepulchre, and they give thanks to the Father, and retire]

Cornish Ordinalia

Ordinale de Resurrexione Domini Nostri Jhesu Christi

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Oxford: Bodleian Library, Bodleian MS 791

MODERN SOURCES:

The Ancient Cornish Drama, ed. and trans. Edwin Norris, 2 vols (Oxford: University Press, 1859)

[The text used here is from Norris, 1859]

p. 4, l. 36	[hic veniet (venient) Josep et Nicodemus ad pilatem][Here Joseph and Nicodemus shall come to Pilate]
p. 8, l. 87	[carcerarius ducit eos ad carcerem][The jailor takes them to prison]
l. 90	[hic tradet sibi claves][Here he shall give him the keys]
p. 10, l. 10	hic spiritus uenit ad portas inferni[Here the Spirit comes to the gates of hell]
p. 12, l. 124	[franguntur portae inferni][The gates of hell are broken]et sic tercio. tunc intrabit in infernum et dicit lucifer:[And so the third time. Then he shall go into hell; and Lucifer says]
l. 142	[hic spiritus extendit manum][Here the Spirit holds forth his hand]
p. 14, l. 154	[hic venit spiritus cum omnibus in platea][Here the spirit, with all, comes in the place][This stage direction, written by a later hand,is cancelled in the MS]
l. 166	[hic spiritus ducit eos][Here the spirit leads them]
p. 16, l. 190	[spiritus vadit ad sepulcrum comitatu angelorum][The Spirit goes to the sepulchre with a company of angels]et tunc adam cum videbit ibi ennoc et heliam quærit admirando:[And then Adam, when he shall see Enoch and Elijah, wondering asks]
p. 20, l. 228	[adam loquitur ad heliam:][Adam speaks to Elijah]
p. 22, l. 258	et tunc uertat ad latronem et dicit ei:[And then let him turn to the thief, and he says to him]
p. 24, l. 288	[tulfryk infernum dicit:][Tulfric speaks in hell]
p. 26, l. 306	[tunc dicit joseph in carcere:][Then says Joseph in prison]
l. 322	[hic descendant angeli et transient ad ioseph et Nichodemum in carcerem][Here let the angels go down, and they shall pass to Joseph and Nicodemus in prison]
p. 28, l. 334	[hic venient quatuor milites ad pilatum][Here the four soldiers shall come to Pilate]
p. 32, l. 398	et tunc ibunt ad sepulcrum[And then they shall go to the tomb]
p. 34, l. 422	[hic dormiunt milites][here the soldiers sleep]tunc surrexit Ihesus a mortuis et iet ubicunque volverit et cantant angeli cristus resurgens [et postea dicit maria:][Then Jesus rose from the dead, and he shall go wherever he likes, and the angels sing ‘Christus resurgens,’ [and afterwards Mary says]
p. 38, l. 470	[genuflectit Maria][Mary kneels]
l. 478	[Maria amplexatur (amplexat) eum et osculatur (osculat)][Mary embraces and kisses him]
p. 40, l. 494	[genuflectit Jhs (Jhesus)][Jesus kneels]
l. 510	[osculantur et separant][They kiss and separate]
p. 48, l. 600	et tunc eant ad pilatum et dicit IIII^s miles:[And then let them go to Pilate; and the fourth soldier says]
p. 50, l. 642	et tunc ipse eat ad carcerem et non inueniet eos et dicit pilatus:[And let him then go to the prison, and he shall not find them; and Pilate says]
l. 645	[descendit pilatus][Pilate goes down]
p. 54, l. 678	et tunc ueniet maria magd. et maria iacobe et salome et dicit maria:[And then Mary Magdalene, and Mary (mother) of James, and Salome shall come; and Mary says]
l. 696	[hic obuiabit eis][Here she shall meet them]
p. 58, l. 732	cantant[They sing]
l. 737	[plorat mar. magd. ad monumentum][Mary Magdalene weeps at the tomb]
p. 64, l. 834	[hic mar. jacobi et salome recedunt a sepulcro et sedent parumper abhinc][Here Mary the mother of James, and Salome retire from the tomb, and sit down a little way from it]
p. 66, l. 850	[vadit ad ortum][She goes to the garden]
p. 68, l. 866	et tunc demonstrabat latus ejus ad mariam mag. et dicit:[And then he shall shew his side to Mary Magdalene, and he says]
l. 874	mulier noli me tangere[Woman, touch me not!]
p. 70, l. 892	[hic venit maria ad apostolos et dicit eis in Galilea:][Here Mary comes to the apostles, and says to them in Galilee]
p. 82, l. 1054	[hic descendant thomas et maria magd][Here let Thomas and Mary Magdalene go down]
p. 88, l. 1138	tunc Ihc. uenit ad apostolos et dicit [in Galilea januis clausis osculatur (osculat) eos:][Then Jesus comes to the apostles, and says [in Galilee, the doors being closed, he kisses them]
p. 90, l. 1182	[hic recedit ihc. ab apostolis][Here Jesus goes away from the apostles]
p. 94, l. 1230	[cleophas et socius ambulant in platea][Cleophas and his companion walk in the place]
p. 96, l. 1260	tu peregrinus es[Art thou a stranger][Not strictly a stage direction but a line of dialogue from Cleophas]
p. 100, l. 1308	[hic paratur panis][Here bread is got ready]
l. 1314	[ostendit eis vulnera][He shews them his wounds]
l. 1317	[hic transiet Jhc (Jhesus Christus) de cleophas et socius][Here Jesus shall pass away from Cleophas and his companion]
l. 1320	nonne cor nostrum ardens erat nobis in via[Did not our heart burn within us in the way?][Not strictly an stage direction but a question from Cleophas’ companion]
p. 102, l. 1344	[cleophas et socius transeunt versus apostolos][Cleophas and his companion go towards the apostles]tunc thomas ueniet ad apostolos et dicit petrus:[Then Thomas shall come to the apostles, and Peter says]
p. 112, l. 1464	hic descendit thomas[Here Thomas goes down]
p. 116, l. 1532	tunc ihesu veniet ad apostolos et dicit:[Then Jesus shall come to the apostles, and he says]
l. 1536	[januis clausis osculatur (osculat) eos][The doors being closed, he salutes them]
p. 120, l. 1586	et sic finiatur resurreccio domini[And thus let the Resurrection of our Lord be concluded]
l. 1586	[hic ludit teberius Cesar][Here Tiberius acts]et incipit morte pilati et dicit tiberius cesar:[And the Death of Pilate begins and Tiberius Cæsar speaks]
p. 124, l. 1626	[ad pilatum dicit][He says to Pilate]
l. 1638	et tunc nuncius et iet et spaciabit in platea parumper et ei obuiabit uernona[And then the messenger shall go and walk about in the place a little; and Veronica shall meet him]
p. 130, l. 1734	tunc demonstrabit ei sudarium et ipse genuflectit dicens:[Then she shall shew him the handkerchief, and he kneels, saying]
p. 132, l. 1736	[osculatur (osculat) sudarium][He kisses the handkerchief]
l. 1740	[sanatur a lepra][He is healed of his leprosy]
p. 136, l1810	[descendit Imperator][The emperor comes down]
p. 138, l. 1828	[tenent eum][They hold him]
l. 1835	[dimittet eum et recedit non procul][He shall let him go and he retires to no great distance]
l. 1840	[hic tortores absentant se parumper][Here the executioners absent themselves for a short time]
p. 156, l. 2086	et tunc proicietur extra terram[And then he shall be thrown out of the ground]
p. 158, l. 2110	et tunc ponent eum in terra et proicietur iterato sursum[And then they shall put him in the ground, and he shall be thrown up again]
p. 166, l. 2200	et tunc proicietur corpus in aquam[And then the body shall be thrown into the water]
l. 2206	et lauabit manus et statim morietur[And he shall wash his hands, and shall die immediately]
p. 178, l. 2360	et sic finitur mors pilati[And so ends the death of Pilate]
l. 2360	et incipit ascencio Xti [Christi] in celum et dicit petrus:[And the Ascension of Christ to heaven begins; and Peter says]
p. 180, l. 2400	[discipuli transeunt ad montem olivetum][The disciples proceed to the Mount of Olives]
p. 182, l. 2435	[osculator (osculat) eos omnes][He kisses them all]
p. 186, l. 2481	[hic Jhc (Jesus Christus) osculatur (osculat) eos omnes][Here Jesus kisses them all]
l. 2486	[hic ascendit Jhc (Jesus Christus)][Here Jesus ascends]
p. 190, l. 2528	tunc cantent omnes angeli Gloria in excelsis deo[Then let all the angels sing ‘Gloria in excelsis Deo’]

Beunans Meriasek: The Life of St. Meriasek

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Aberystwyth: The National Library of Wales. Ordinale de Vita Sancti Mereadoci Episcopi et Confessoris Peniarth MS. 105

MODERN SOURCES:

Beunans Meriasek: The Life of Saint Meriasek, Bishop and Confessor. A Cornish Drama, ed. and trans. by Whitley Stokes (London: Trübner, 1872)

The Life of Meriasek: A Medieval Cornish Miracle Play, trans. by Markham Harris (Washington, DC: The Catholic University of America Press, 1977)

‘A Critical Edition of Beunans Meriasek’, ed. and trans. by Myrna May Combellack-Harris, (unpublished doctoral thesis, University of Exeter, 1985)

The Camborne Play, ed. and trans. by Myrna Combellack-Harris (Redruth: Truran, 1988)

[The text used here is from Stokes, 1872]

p. 2, l. 1	Hic incipit ordinale de vita Sancti Mereadoci episcopi et confessoris[Here begins the play of the life of Saint Meriasek, bishop and confessor]Pater mereadoci pompabit hic[Meriasek’s father shall here parade]
p. 6, l. 75	Hic magister pompabit[Here shall the Master parade]
p. 10, l. 141	descendat solus ad capellam[Let him go down alone to the chapel]MERIADOCUS in capella[MERIASEK in the chapel]
l. 167	et tunc ad magistrumAnd then to the MasterHic pompabit rex conanus[Here King Conan shall parade]
p. 12, l. 192	[finit[he ends]
l. 206	descendit cum armigero et redit ad patrem[He goes down with the squire and returns to his father
p. 14, l. 231	CONANUS REX ad ducem:KING CONAN to the Duke
p. 16, l. 271	descendunt omnes in placeam[All go down into the place]
p. 18, l. 291	Hic mimi ludent melodiam[Here the mimes shall play a melody]
p. 26, l. 455	[surrexit circa placeam[he rose (and walked) round the place]
p. 28, l. 483	[finit[he ends][tranceat conanus[Let Conan pass off (cross over the place)]
l. 506	[finit[he ends
p. 30, l. 510	[finit[he ends][her meriasek weryth a prest ys govn[Here Meriasek wears a priests gown]Hic episcopus kernov hic pompabit[Here the Bishop of Kernou shall parade]
l. 525	[descendit episcopus kernov in placeam[The Bishop of Kernou goes down into the place]
l. 531	[genuflectit[He kneels]
p. 32, l. 545	[genuflectit[He kneels]
l. 568	[finit[he ends][tranceat in placeam[Let him cross into the place]
p. 34, l. 586	[ascendit episcopus kernov[The Bishop of Kernou goes up]
l. 595	[ascendit in navim[He goes up into the ship]
p. 36, l. 623	[descendit in cornubia[He lands in Cornwall]
p. 38, l. 666	Tranceat ad pratum[Let him go across to the meadow][genuflectit[He kneels]
l. 671	[her y^e wyll sprynggyth vp water[here the well springeth up water]
p. 40, l. 691	trancit ad meriadocum[He goes across to Meriasek]
l. 699	[genuflectit[kneels]
l. 712	[finit[he ends]
l. 717	[finit[he ends]
p. 42, l. 734	[ad meriadocum[To Meriasek]
l. 740	[genuflectit[kneels]
l. 752	[finit[he ends]
p. 44, l. 758	[tranceat[Let him go off][hic meriadocus expectat apud cambron[Here Meriasek waits at Camborne]
p. 46, l. 806	[finit[he ends]
l. 812	[descendit[he descends]
p. 54, l. 949	[ascendit[He ascends]
l. 953	[descendit[He descends]
l. 955	[her yerdis aredy for tevdar and hys men[Here staves ready for Teudar and his men
l. 961	[et verberabunt eos[And they shall beat them]
p. 56, l. 982	[trancit tevdar domum[Teudar goes away home]
l. 1016	[her meryasek schall hydde hym sylfe vnder y^e rokke[Here Meriasek shall hide himself under the rock]
p. 58, l. 1033	TERTIUS TORTOR [ad teuder:THIRD TORTURER [To Teudar]
p. 60, l. 1053	[descendit tevder[Teudar goes down]
l. 1065	[verberat eos[He beats them]
p. 62, l. 1087	[finit[he ends
l. 1093	[descendit[He lands]
p. 64, l. 1122	[finit
l. 1145	[ascendit ad montem[He goes up to the mountain]
l. 1152	[chappell aredy. Her a (he) weryth a rosset mantell and a berde.[A chapel ready. Here he wears a russet mantle and a beard]Hic Incipit vita Sancti Siluestry[Here Begins the Life of Saint Silvester]Constantinus hic pompabit dicens:[Constantine shall here parade, saying]
p. 66, l. 1172	Hic pompabunt tortores [w swerdys[Here the torturers shall parade [with swords]
p. 70, l. 1230	[y^e galovs aredy[The gallows ready]
l. 1251	[fini[he ends]
p. 72, l. 1263	[finit[he ends]
l. 1287	[trancit calo et tortores expectant in placea[The drudge servant goes off and the torturers wait in the place]IHESUS in celo dicens:[Jesus in heaven saying]
p. 74, l. 1305	[her y^e sovlys aredy[Here the souls ready]
l. 1311	Hic Sanctus Siluester Incipit dicens:[Here Saint Silvester begins, saying]
l. 1328p. 76, l. 1334	[descendit[He descends][y^e tumbe aredy[The tomb ready][her they beryth them
	[Here they bury them]
l. 1347	[ascendit ad montem seraptyn[He goes up to Mount Soracte][a vysour aredy apon Constantyn ys face[A mask ready upon Constantine’s face]
l. 1353	[tranceat[Let him pass off]
p. 78, l. 1393	Hic pompabit Episcopus Poly vel Doctor[Here the Bishop of Pola or the Doctor shall parade.]
p. 80, l. 1421	[erthyn pott. y^e bovke aredy And the vrnell enspektad[An earthen pot: the book ready; and the urinal [to be] inspected]
l. 1427	[descendit ad constantinum[He goes down to Constantine]
p. 84, l. 1474	descendit cum clerico. Expectat episcopus poly ibidem[He goes down with the clergyman][The Bishop of Pola waits in the same place.]
l. 1482	[finit[he ends][tranceat domum[He goes off home][he ends]
l. 1485	[finit[He ends][trancit domum[He goes off home]
p. 86, l. 1521	[finit[he ends]
l. 1526	PRIMUS TORTOR [ad constantinum:FIRST TORTURER [To Constantine:]
p. 88, l. 1533	[y^e wymmen aredy w^t ther chyldryn[The women ready with their children]
l. 1546	[armatores aredy[Armed men ready]
p. 90, l. 1565	PRIMUS TORTOR [ad constantinum cum mulieribus et [pueris] plurimisFIRST TORTURER [To Constantine with the women and very many children]
l. 1596	[finit[he ends]
p. 94, l. 1652	[tranceunt tortores et mulieres expectant in placea[The torturers go off and the women wait in the place]
p. 96, l. 1681	finit[he ends]
l. 1688	[claudat hostium[Let him close the door]
l. 1700	[descendunt petrus et paulus ascendit in turrim constantinus[Peter and Paul descend. Constantine goes up to the tower]
p. 98, l. 1718	[finit[he ends]
l. 1724	[tranceat ad celum[Let him pass to heaven]
l. 1738	SECUNDUS NUNCIUS ad constantinum:SECOND MESSENGER [to Constantine:]
p. 100, l. 1744	[ad siluestrem in monte seraptim[To Silvester on Mount Soracte]
l. 1747	[The ymagis aredy w^t syluester of pyter and povle[The images of Peter and Paul redy with Silvester]
l. 1758	[ad constantinum:[To Constantine]
l. 1766	[ascendit[He goes up]
p. 104, l. 1829	descendit. holy water aredy[He descends. Holy water ready]
l. 1835	[y^e vysour away[The mask away]Cum in aquam descendissit baptismatis mirabilis enituit splendor lucis Sic inde mundus exiuit et christum se vidisse asseruit[When he went down into the water of baptism there shone forth a marvellous splendour of light. So thence he came forth clean, and declared that he had seen Christ]
l. 1839	[y^e processyon aredy[The procession ready]
p. 106, l. 1865	ad palacium pape procesc[i]onabiliter [et postea tranceat domum[To the pope’s palace in procession-wise, [and thereafter let him go home][And John ergudyn aredy a horse bakke y^t was y^e Justis w^t constantyn ffor to play y^e marchont[And John Ergudyn, who was the Justice with Constantine, on horseback ready to play the merchant]Exulatores hic pompabunt vel vnus pro omnibus[Outlaws shall here parade, or one for all]
p. 108, l. 1883	descendit[He goes down]
l. 1895	[y^e prest aredy[The priest ready]
p. 110, l. 1935	[expectant in placea[They wait in the place]
p. 112, l. 1961	[descendit [leg. ascendit] comes ad montem et cognatus et agnatus[The Earl goes up the mountain, together with a relative of the mother and a relative of the father]
p. 118, l. 2053	[finit[he ends]
l. 2085	[comes rohani trancit domum et meriadocus expectat ibidem[The Earl of Rohan passes home and Meriasek waits in the same place]
p. 120, l. 2091	Hic ignis venit super illos[Here fire comes upon them]
l. 2106	[horse aredy[a horse ready]
l. 2112	[tranceat iiij^tus exulator super equum[Let the fourth outlaw go off on a horse]
p. 122, l. 2124	[finit[he ends]
l. 2132	[finit[he ends]
l. 2138	[ad meriadocum in monte:[To Meriasek on the mountain]
p. 124, l. 2171	[finit[he ends]
p. 126, l. 2204	Hic Dux Cornubie pompabit dicens:[Here the Duke of Cornwall shall parade, saying]
p. 128, l. 2249	[finit[he ends]
p. 130, l. 2277	Dux descendit cum xx^ti armatoribus [w^t stremers[The Duke descends with twenty armed men [with streamers]
l. 2299	[ad tevdar:[To Teudar]SECUNDUS NUNCIUS ad Tevdarum:THE SECOND MESSENGER to Teudar
p. 132, l. 2311	[descendit ad teudar[um][He goes down to Teudar]
l. 2325	descendit cum xv armatoribus [with stremers[He descends with fifteen armed men [with streamers]Hic demon pompabit[Here the demon shall parade]
p. 134, l. 2337	ad templum intret[Let him go into the temple]
l. 2338	[genuflectunt omnes[They all kneel]
p. 136, l. 2368	[ad stallum[To the stalls]
p. 142, l. 2487	gonnys] Hic praeliabunt[Guns] Here they shall fight][horse aredy[a horse ready]
l. 2498	[ascendit[he goes up]
p. 144, l. 2512	In secunda die Constantinus Imperator hic pompabit dicens:[On the second day Emperor Constantine shall here parade, saying]
l. 2521	Hic comes Globus cecus incipit dicens:[Here the blind Earl Globus begins, saying]
p. 146, l. 2535	tranceat ad montem Mereadoci[And hys squyer ledys hym and a staff yn hys handed[Let him pass to Meriasek’s mountain.
	[And his squire leads him. And a staff in his hand]
p. 150, l. 2616	[genuflectit[he kneels]
l. 2619	[genuflectit[kneels]
l. 2627	[y^e devyll aredy by hys syde[the devil ready by his side]
p. 152, l. 2641	[genuflectit[He kneels]
l. 2649	[vlulat (ululat) en[er]goumenus (energumenos)][the demoniac howleth]
l. 2661	[ffinit[he ends]
l. 2669	[ffinit[he ends]
p. 154, l. 2681	[tranceunt omnes domum[All pass home]Hic Comes venetensis pompabit[Here the Earl of Vannes shall parade]
l. 2696	[descendit[he goes down]COMES VENETENSIS [ad decanum in collegio [colegia] in placea:THE EARL OF VANNES [to the dean in the college in the place]
p. 156, l. 2703	[in placea[in the place]
l. 2715	[Comes trancit domum[the Earl goes home]
l. 2728	NUNCIUS PRIMUS ad comes (sic) venetensis:[FIRST MESSENGER to the Earl of Vannes]
p. 158, l. 2754	[ad silvestrem:[to Silvester]
l. 2768	[bollys aredy][bulls ready]CARDINALE [to y^e masyger:A CARDINAL [to the Messenger]
p. 160, l. 2786	NUNCIUS [ad comitem venitensemTHE MESSENGER [to the Earl of Vannes]
p. 162, l. 2804	[ad montem ad meriadocum:[At the mountain to Meriasek]
p. 164, l. 2850	[ad comes (sic) venetensis:[To the Earl of Vannes]
l. 2853	[ascendit et expectat ibidem[He goes up and waits in the same place]
l. 2859	Hic pompabit episcopus kernov si placet[Here the bishop of Kernou shall parade if he likes]
l. 2871	[finit[he ends][descendit[He goes down][hic pompabit secundus episcopus[Here a second bishop shall parade]
p. 166, l. 2883	[finithe ends][descendit secundus episcopus[The second bishop goes down][descendit comes globus[Earl Globus goes down]
l. 2895	COMES GLOBUS [ad comitem venitensem:EARL GLOBUS [to the Earl of vannes]
p. 168, l. 2907	[descendunt omnes cum comes (sic) ventensis[All go down with the Earl of Vannes]
l. 2931	tranceat ad heremum [in monte[Let him pass to the hermitage [on the mountain]
p. 170, l. 2937	COMES VENETENSIS [ad meriadocum:[THE EARL OF VANNES to Meriasek]
p. 172, l. 2969	[meryasek yledyt[Meriasek led]
l. 2987	[yn y^e deyn ys church[in the Dean’s Church]
l. 3006	[her meryasek weryth a gowne[Here Meriasek wears a gown]
p. 174, l. 3009	[bagyll of syluer & myter aredy[A crozier of silver and a mitre ready]
p. 178, l. 3080	[a gown or mantell apon Nudus[A gown or mantle upon the naked man]
l. 3092	[tranceat domum et cometis (comitatus)[Let him go home, and the Earl’s (people)]
l. 3098	tunc tranceant domum omnes[Then let all go home]
p. 180, l. 3106	SECUNDUS LAZARUS [ad meriadocumSECOND LEPER [to Meriasek]
l. 3118	[finit[he ends]
l. 3133	[genuflectit[kneels]
p. 182, l. 3144	[finit[he ends]
l. 3149	[finit[he ends]
l. 3155	[tranceat[Let him go off]Hic pompabit Rex Massen[Here King Massen shall parade]
	[finit[he ends]Hic filius Mulieris cuiusdam ut invenitur in miraculis de beato mereadoco pompabit dicens:[Here the son of a certain woman (as is found in ‘the Miracles of Blessed Meriasek’) shall parade, saying]
p. 184, l. 3178	[descendit[He goes down]
l. 3187	ad ecclesiam tranceat[Let her go to the church]
l. 3195	FILIUS [ad regem massenTHE SON [to King Massen]
l. 3207	[descendit cum armatoribus[He goes down with armed men]Hic Tyrannus pompabit dicens:[Here the Tyrant shall parade, saying]
p. 186, l. 3222	[finit[he ends]
l. 3228	[finit. Dessendat[He ends. Let him go down]
l. 3234	[y^e hert aredy yn y^e wode[The hart ready in the wood]
l. 3244	[and y^e hert yhontyd[and the hart hunted]
p. 188, l. 3244	Hic tortores pompabunt[Here the torturers shall parade]
p. 190, l. 3280	[iij tortores tranceant in tento filius (sic) mulieris iuxta[Let the three torturers pass into the tent of the Woman’s Son hard by]
l. 3283	[descendat[let him go down]
l. 3300	[ad tentum tortores[at the torturers’ tent
p. 192, l. 3312	clamat ille in alio tento[He shouts in another tent]
p. 194, l. 3345	Tyrannus et calo verberant tortores[The tyrant and the drudge/servant beat the torturers]
p. 196, l. 3387	[descendat ad templum[let him descend to the temple]
l. 3390	[genuflectunt omnes[All kneel]
p. 198, l. 3419	[et cantant omnes tortores[And all the torturers sing]
l. 3425	[finit[he ends]
l. 3431	[finit[he ends]
l. 3437	[finit[he ends]
l. 3443	[finit[he ends]
p. 200, l. 3448	[finit[he ends]
l. 3460	[ad stallum w^t ij stremeres[To the stall with two streamers]
p. 204, l. 3536	Hic praeliabunt[Here they shall fight]
l. 3542	[finit[he ends][tranceat domum[Let him pass home]
p. 206, l. 3546	[capiat filius mulieris[let him take the Woman’s Son]
l. 3548	[finit[he ends]
l. 3566	[ascendit in curro (turro) suo[He goes up in his tower (turre sue)]
l. 3569	[ad Filius mulieris:[to the Woman’s Son
p. 208, l. 3578	[ad matrem Filius:[to the Son’s mother]
l. 3584	[finit[he ends]
l. 3590	[tranceat ad eclesiam beate marie. genuflectit et expectat ibidem[Let her (the Woman) pass to the church of the Blessed Mary.She kneels and waits in the same place]
l. 3608	CARCERARIUS [ad tyrannum:GAOLER [to the tyryant]
p. 210, 3638	tranceat domum [cum ihesu[Let her go home with Jesu]
l. 3640	[cofyr aredy[A coffer ready]
l. 3646	MARIA [in celo dicit:[Mary says in heaven]
p. 212, l. 3658	[descendit maria cum ij angelis ad carcerem[Mary descends with two angels to the prison]
p. 214, l. 3710	[finit[she ends][tranceat maria ad celum[Let Mary pass to heaven]
p. 216, l. 3722	CARCERARIUS [ad tyrannum:THE GAOLER to the tyrant
l. 3728	[finit[he ends]
l. 3744	[finit[he ends][yerde aredy[a staff ready]
l. 3752	[finit[he ends]
p. 218, l. 3780	[finit[he ends]
p. 219, l. 3753	[he goes up to his mother:
p. 220, l. 3796	[descendit ad ecclesiam beate marie cum ihesu[She goes down with the image of Jesus to the church of blessed Mary]
l. 3802	[finit tranceat domum[Let her go home][demens et paterfamilias paratus[A madman and a head of a family ready]
l. 3802	DEMENS [forling and suaggynkA MADMAN hurling and swagging
p. 222, l. 3831	MERIADOCUS [genuflectitMERIASEK [kneels
l. 3853	[finit[he ends]
p. 224, l. 3859	[ad oratorium genuflectit[He kneels at the oratory]
l. 3881	Descendunt [organs or syngyng[They descend. [Organs or singing]
l. 3887	Sumens cibum cum laudibus diuinis epulis quotidie sentit se refectum[Taking sustenance with praises of God, every day he feels himself nourished with sumptuous food][genuflectit[kneels]
p. 226, l. 3895	Hic dux .i. primus Magus pompabit[Here a Duke, to wit, the first Magician, shall parade]
l. 3909	VENATOR [ducibus magos (magis):HUNTSMAN [to the Magician Dukes]
l. 3915	[descendit cum armatores[he goes down with armed men]Hic episcopus poly pompabitHere the bishop of Pola shall parade
p. 228, l. 3929	Descendunt[They go down]
l. 3941	[her y dragon aredy in y^e place[Here the dragon ready in the place]
l. 394	her a gonn yn y dragon ys movthe aredy & fyr[Here a gun ready in the dragon’s mouth and fire
l. 3949	[sum of y^e sovdrys y sowlyd[Some of the soldiers swallowed]
p. 230, l. 3959	PRIMUS DUX [ad constantinum:FIRST DUKE to Constantine
l. 3979	NUNCIUS [ad constantinum:[Messenger to Constantine]
l. 3985	[ad syluestrum:[To Silvester][he ends]
p. 232, l. 3990	[descendit siluester[Silvester goes down]
l. 3993	[ad constantinum:[To Constantine]
l. 4002	descendit constantinus[Constantine goes down]
l. 4016	[genuflectit[he kneels]
p. 234, l. 4030	descendit petrus [solus ad syluestrem in placea[Peter descends [alone to Silvester in the place]
p. 236, l. 4064	[descendit[He goes down]
l. 4067	[a crosse aredy ffor primus capellanus seluestris[A cross ready for Silvester’s first chaplain]
l. 4073	[secundus capellanus beryth y^e lantern[The second chaplain bears the lantern]
l. 4079	SYLVESTER [genuflectitSILVESTER [kneels]
p. 238, 4090	[exiuit de spelunca[She emerged from the cave]
l. 4095	[cadat in terrore monstri[Let him fall down in fear of the monster]
l. 4100	[finit[he ends][cadat in terrore monstri[Let him fall down in fear of the monster]
p. 240, l. 4123	[Surrexit ij^us ducibus et omnes[Everyone arose with the two dukes]
l. 4129	[finit[he ends]
p. 242, l. 4153	[finit[he ends][holy water aredy[Holy water ready]
l. 4159	[finit[he ends]
l. 4165	[finit[he ends]
l. 4180	[finit[he ends][ad palacium pape procesconant (processionant)[They go in procession to the Pope’s palace]
p. 244, l. 4218	[genuflectit[he kneels]
p. 246, l. 4251	MERIADOCUS [in oratorio iacebatMERIASEK [he was lying in the oratory]
p. 248, l. 4262	DECANUS [ad meriadocum:[THE DEAN to Meriasek]
l. 4276	[genuflectit[he kneels]
p. 250, l. 4330	[Et sic emisit spiritum[And so he gave up the ghost][y^e holy goste aredy ffro heuyn to fett y^e sowle and y^e sovle aredy[The Holy Ghost ready from heaven to fetch the soul, and the soul ready]
p. 252, l. 4342	[finit[he ends][y^e holy goste aredy and y^e sovle aredy[The Holy Ghost ready and the soul ready]
l. 4348	[finit[he ends]
l. 4355	[descendit[he goes down]
l. 4361	[descendit[he goes down]
l. 4367	descendunt[they go down]
p. 254, l. 4379	[descendit comes globus[Earl Globus goes down]
p. 256, l. 4406	COMES VENETENSIS [ad decanumTHE EARL OF VANNES to the dean
l. 4424	[y^e processyon aredy and ij sansours[The procession ready and two censers]
p. 258, l. 4466	[finit[he ends]
p. 262, l. 4503	[finit[he ends]
l. 4509	Hic cantant[Here they sing]
l. 4516	[finit[he ends]
l. 4528	[finit[he ends]
p. 264, l. 4547	[finit[he ends]
l. 4568	Finitur per dominum Rad.Ton anno domini Mv^ciiij[Finished by Dominus Radulphus Ton, A. D. 1504]

Bewnans Ke: The Life of St Kea

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Aberystwyth, The National Library of Wales MS 23849D

MODERN SOURCE:

Bewnans Ke: The Life of St Kea, A Critical edition with translation, ed. by Graham Thomas and Nicholas Williams (Exeter: University of Exeter Press/National Library of Wales, 2007)

[The text used here is from Thomas and Williams, 2007; the editor’s stage directions are marked as curly brackets, thus: {…}].

p. 2, l. 1	KELADOCUS surgit[St Kea stands up]
l. 6	TERTIUS PASTOR surgit de dormitione[THIRD SHEPHERD rises from sleep]
p. 4, l. 27	Et sic recedunt opiliones sive pastores[And thus the herdsmen or shepherds withdraw]
l. 30	Et ibit Keladocus super lapidem iterum et manebit sedens.[And St Kea shall go onto the stone again and will remain seated]
p. 6, l. 57	[forest. Goddron. gastell][forest. Goodern. castle]
p. 8, l. 69	Tunc forestarius et Keladocus veniunt coram rege Teutharo[Then the forester and St Kea come before King Teudar]
p. 10, l. 93	[i’n dre Golan][into the town from Colan]
p. 12, l. 101	[lehan veen. Ke a dyrhas i’n forest a Rosewa][stone slab. Ke landed in the forest of Rosewa]
l. 117	Teutharus descendit in theatrum[Teudar comes down in into the theatre (the place)]
p. 16, l. 151	[Pyth esa Du kyns bos neb tra?][Where was god before anything existed?]
p. 22, l. 215	KELADOCUS the drylya Teuthar the faith a Christ[ST KEA to convert Teudar to faith in Christ]
p. 24, l. 231	KELADOCUS the drylya Tewdar the faith a Christ[ST KEA to convert Teudar to faith in Christ]
p. 28, l. 36	KELADOCUS the drylya Tewdar the faith a Christ[ST KEA to convert Teudar to faith in Christ]
p. 32, l. 329	Hic Teutharus ascendit ad modum tyranni.[Here Teudar goes up in the manner of a tyrant]
p. 35, l. 337	{Jailer and servant enter}
l. 345	{He lies down again}
p. 38, l. 393	{At this point the jailer departs on a horse}
l. 377	Garçon venit coram rege Teutharo dicens:[Servant comes before King Teudar and says]
p. 40, l. 393	TEUTHARUS in sede sua[TEUDAR on his throne]
l. 409	[Ke in carharow ha in preson gorys][Kea put in fetters and in prison]
p. 42, l. 426	[Ke in carharow ha in prison gorys][Kea put in fetters and in prison]
p. 44, l. 434	[crygyans Ke][the faith of Kea]
l. 442	CARCERATOR attonitando turant[JAILER dreading the tyrant]
l. 450	CARCERATOR ad regem vadit dicens:[JAILER goes to the king and says]
p. 46, l. 466	CARCERATOR inclinando[JAILER bowing low]
p. 48, l. 477	Carcerator a rege descendit[The jailer goes down from the king]{Enter Kea and the SERVANT}
l. 485	GARÇON dal rag golowis[SERVANT dazzled by light]
p. 50, l. 493	Tunc venit coram rege[Then he comes into the presence of the king]
p. 52, l. 517	[whecter sawer gans Ke][Kea has fragrence of smell]
p. 56, l. 552	Tunc ad Keladocum dicens:[Then he speaks to St Kea]
l. 560	Keladocus et garçon veniunt ad regem.[St Kea and the servant come to the king]
p. 58, l. 567	TEUTHARUS ad Garçonem, deinde ad Keladocum:[TEUDAR to the servant, and then to St Kea]
l. 576	Hic descendunt ad tentarium (tentorium)[Here they go down to the tent]
l. 584	[Mar tue Teudar Ke latha, ef a’n kef war e forth hyr][If Teudar happens to kill Kea, he will suffer for it in the long run]
p. 60, l. 600	a’y stat a Callan arghebscob[of his state, archbishop of Colan]TEUTHARUS subridens[TEUDAR smiling]
p. 62, l. 624	TEUTHARUS a ros the Ke an gwel nessa thu’n goys in Rosewa[TEUDAR gave to Kea the field nearest to the wood in Rosewa]
p. 64, l. 648	Keladocus descendit[St Kea goes down]
p. 66, l. 662	[Helhor. the Rosewa][Huntsman. to Rosewa]
l. 662	et ascendit rex et debet arator premuniri. Adsit arator[and the king goes up and the ploughman must be made ready. Let the ploughman be present]CONSULTUS perterritus[THE ADVISOR terrified]
p. 70, l. 679	PRIMUS TORTOR ad regem:[FIRST TORTURER to the king]
p. 72, l. 704	Tortores transiunt ad regem.[The torturers go towards the king]SECUNDUS TORTOR ad regem[SECOND TORTURER to the king.]
p. 74, l. 710	SECUNDUS TORTOR ad regem[SECOND TORTURER to the king]
l. 718	[iij dans Ke terris][Kea’s three teeth broken]
l. 724	QUARTUS TORTOR ad regem[FOURTH TORTURER to the king]
p. 76, l. 732	[Pen Ke a ve terrys bys i’n grogan][Kea’s head was broken into the skull]
p. 78, l. 752	{He hurls after them the cup containing the teeth of St Kea}
l. 760	[Rag dader telys, henna ew lavar kymmyn][Paid for goodness, that is a common saying]
l. 765	Cito transiunt a rege[They quickly depart from the king]
p. 80, l. 773	Recedunt tortores et faciunt pausacionem brevem[The torturers withdraw and make a brief pause]
l. 780	{Enter St Kea and a leper}
p. 82, l. 784	[Ke a rug fentan gans e lorgh in Keliaw Soor][St Kea made a spring with his staff in Keliaw Soor]
p. 84, l. 805	Keladocus hic lavet vel aspergat leprosum aqua.[Here St Kea is to wash or sprinkle the leper with the water]
l. 822	[fentan Kylyow Raw. pedyr eraw dyer. Leper a ros the Ke an fentan Chy Soor ha peder eraw dyer][the well of Kylyow Raw. four acres of land. A leper gave St Kea the well of Chy Soor and four acres of land]
p. 86	Iste fons vocatur Fons Keladoci et est apud Keliow Soor. In eodem clausum vocatur Park Ke usque in hodiernum diem[This spring is called St Kea’s well and it is in Kellyow Soor The enclosed field in the same place is called Kea’s Field to this very day]Descendit leprosus[The leper goes down]KELADOCUS veniet ad Rosewa, cervis sub iugere venientibus ante se in theatrum.[ST KEA shall come to Rosewa, with the yoked stags preceding him into the theatre (the place).]
p. 88, l. 835	KELADOCUS ad aratorem dicat[ST KEA is to say to the ploughman]
l. 840	[Hethlor ha kyrwas][Huntsman and stags]
p. 90, l. 868	[Ke a thros an kyrwas the wonys][Kea brought the stags to plough]
p. 93, l. 875	{Enter Teudar and the Second Messenger}
p. 98, l. 932	SECUNDUS NUNCIUS reversus ad regem dicens:[SECOND MESSENGER having returned to the king says]
p. 100, l. 970	CONSULTAS tremens[ADVISOR trembling]
p. 108, l. 1042	[Jovyn a’n cur loys][Jovyn of the holy court]
l. 1045	{Teudar sends the messenger to St Kea}SECUNDUS NUNCIUS vadit ad Keladocum[SECOND MESSENGER goes to St Kea]
p. 110, l. 1057	KELADOCUS transit ad regem[ST KEA passes over to the kingSECUNDUS NUNCIUS transit ad regem cum KeladocoSECOND MESSENGER passes over to the king with St Kea
l. 1068	TEUTHARUS subridens[TEUDAR smiling]
p. 112, l. 1086	TEUTHARUS ow cul tronkys[TEUDAR taking a bath]
l. 1098	[Turant a dorras iij dans Ke.][Tyrant broke Kea’s three teeth]
p. 114, l. 1104	[the Rosewa in mes a Goddron][to rosewa from Goodren]Et descendit rex Teutharus cum suis famulis[And Teudar does down with his household]
p. 118, l. 1134	TEUDAR {with irony}
l. 1140	OUBRA i’n gerenOUBRA in the tub
l. 1146	TEUTHARUS a ros kymmys the Ke the barkya der vo ef i’n gerenTEUDAR gave Kea as much to enclose while he should be in the tub
p. 120, l. 1168	{aside}
p. 122, l. 1182	[pejadow Ke the confoundya Teeurant][the prayer of Kea to confound a tyrant]SECUNDUS NUNCIUS ad regem:SECOND MESSENGER to the king
p. 124, l. 1203	[theworth Kewnans an Velyn bys Kevard Tremustel Penpol Wartha][From Kewnans an Velyn to Keward Tremustel—Upper Penpol]
p. 128, l. 1251	KELADOCUS venit ad regemST KEA goes to the king
p. 130, l. 1256	Descendit armiger[The squire goes down]
p. 132, l. 1273	Descendit[He goes down]
l. 1273	AUGELUS REX ALBANIE (que nunc Scotia dicitur)AUGEL KING OF ALBANY (which is now called Scotland)
p. 134, l. 1298	Hic descendunt[Here they go down]
p. 136, l. 1315	Descendit[He goes down]
p. 138, l. 1337	Descendunt episcopus et crucifer[The bishop and the cross-bearer go down]
l. 1341	BEDUERUS ad Ke:[BEDEVERE to Kay]
l. 1345	KAYUS ad Beduerum:[Kay to Bedevere]
p. 140, l. 1354	HOELUS ad Beduerum:HOWEL to Bedevere
p. 144, l. 1390	Tunc ambulant circa theatrum omnes bini et trini[Then they walk round the theatre (the place) in twos and threes]
l. 1396	ARTHURIS REX BRITANNIE (que nunc Anglia dicitur)ARTHUR KING OF BRITAIN (which is now called England)
p. 146, l. 1412	[Arthor pan vo va angry a the i’n bis the’n yskerans a throkfare][Arthur, whenever he is angry, comes into the world to the enemies who then suffer for it]
p. 152, l. 1468	ARTHURUS sedens[ARTHUR sitting]
p. 154, l. 1485	MODREDUS nepos regis Arthuri[MODRED King Arthur’s nephew]
p. 156, 1521	Descendunt in ordine.[They go down in order]
p. 160, l. 1561	Hic ascendunt Kayus, Beduerus et Hoelus et descendunt a dexteris post regem Castil[Here Kay, Bedevere and Howel go up and descend on the right hand after the King of Castile]
p. 164, l. 1601	Tunc ascendunt Augelus, Morridus et Cadorus et sedebunt a sinistris post Regem Cragow[Then Augel, Morryth and Cador ascend and will sit on the left behind the King of Cracow]
p. 168, l. 1633	Tunc ascendunt episcopi et sedebunt divisive post reges.Clauditur tentum Arthuri[Then the bishops ascend and will sit in various places behind the kings[Arthur’s tent is closed]{Enter Lucius Hiberius}
p. 170, l. 1669	Tunc venient legati bini et bini coram imperatore[Then the legates will appear two by two in the presence of the Emperor]
p. 189, l. 1871	{The legates go out}SECUNDUS LEGATUS in via[SECOND LEGATE on the road]
p. 190, l. 1887	Legati coram Arthuro[The legates in the presence of Arthur]
p. 202, l. 2011	PRIMUS LEGATUS ad Reginam:[FIRST LEGATE to the Queen]
p. 204, l. 2033	AUGELUS stando[AUGEL standing]
p. 206, l. 2057	ARTHURUS descendit[ARTHUR goes down]
p. 208, l. 2068	Hic regum procerumque chorum decet stipare (stipari). Revertit Arthurus palacio suo[Here the crowd of kings and nobles should be pressed together. Arthur returns to his palace]
p. 210, l. 2096	ARTHURUS stando[ARTHUR standing]
p. 214, l. 2142	ARTHURUS sedendo[ARTHUR sitting down]
p. 216, l. 2145	Omnes famuli stabunt[All the household will stand]
l. 2155	ARTHURUS stando ad modum tyranni[ARTHUR standing in the manner of a tyrant]
p. 218, l. 2165	Hic sedebit Arthurus. Omnes famili stabunt. Tunc legati cadunt ad genua perterriti[Here Arthur will sit down. All his household will remain standing. Then the legates fall to their knees in terror][NONUS LEGATUS perterritus flectandoNINTH LEGATE kneeling, terrified]
l. 2175	ARTHURUS sedendo[ARTHUR sitting]
p. 220, l. 2190	ARTHURUS stando[ARTHUR standing]
l. 2195	Hic clauditur tentum et ibi pausatur[Here the tent is closed and there is a pause]{Enter two legates}
p. 223, l. 2213	{The legates come into the presence of the emperor}
p. 236, l. 2362	Tunc recipiunt legati et preparabunt reges[Then the legates will retire and the kings will get ready]
p. 240, l. 2411	Hic descendit rex[Here the king goes down]
p. 248, l. 2487	Hic descendit senator.[here the senator goes down]
p. 250, l. 2503	[Arthur my lord Gornow][Arthur my lord Cornishman]
p. 252, l. 2521	Hic descendit senator ad Lucium[Here the senator goes down to Lucius]
p. 256, l. 2579	Hic ascendunt Boccus et Epystrophus et senator[Here Boccus and Epistrophus and the senator go up]
p. 272, l. 2740	Hic descendit et venient in Franciam[Here he goes down and they will come into France{Enter Arthur and the Queen}
l. 2748	Hic descendit Arthurus cum suis omnibus militibus et procedit vexillum[Here Arthur goes down with all his soldiers and the banner goes before themHic osculatur (osculat) Reginam[Here he kisses the Queen]
p. 276, l. 2778	Hic descendunt episcopi[Here the bishops go down]
p. 278, l. 2786	ARTHURUS in viaARTHUR on the roadHic procedit vexillum[Here the banner goes forward]
p. 280, l. 2825	Hic pugnabunt et Lucius quadam lancea concussus cadit et moritur[Here they will fight and Lucius struck by a certain lance falls and dies]
p. 284, l. 2853	Ad quattuor senatores Romanorum dicens[Speaking to four senators of the Romans]
p. 288, l. 2916	brevi pausatione et ibit ad tentum Kay[A brief pause and he will go to the tent of Kay]
p. 290, l. 2921	{Enter Modred and the Queen}MODREDUS in palacio ArthuriMODRED in Arthur’s palace
p. 293, l. 2941	MODRED {aside}
p. 295, l. 2971	QUEEN {realizing that Modred may reject her}
p. 296, l. 2995	Descendit puella[The servant-girl goes downSECUNDA PEDISSERVA in platea[SECOND HANDMAIDEN in the place]
p. 298, l. 3005	MODREDUS revertens in aulam[MODRED returning to the hall]
p. 300, l. 3032	Nuncius ad episcopum ibit dicens:[The messenger shall go to the bishop saying]
p. 302, l. 3049	Descendit Episcopus ad Modredum Regem[The Bishop goes down to Modred the king]
p. 304, l. 3064	PRIMUS EPISCOPUS ad Modredum:FIRST BISHOP to Modred
p. 306, l. 3074	Et descendit Modredus[And Modred goes down]MODREDUS in via[MODRED on the road]
p. 310, l. 3119	Hic descendit episcopus[Here the bishop goes down]
p. 314, l. 3163	Transit ad Modredum[He passes over to Modred]
p. 318, l. 3190	NUNCIUS revertens ad ArthurumMESSENGER returning to Arthur
l. 3197a	Tria hoc in loco conteruntur folia; perfecte ideo non scibuntur omnia[Three folios are here eroded; therefore everything is not written perfectly]
p. 323, l. 3222	{Enter the Queen and Modred}
p. 324, l. 3253	Descendit Modredus satilitibus (satellibus) cum suis.[Modred goes down with his followers]
p. 328, l. 3273	Hic bini obveniunt[Here they meet two by two]
l. 3276	Hic moriuntur Augelus et Walganius[Here Augel and Gawain die]
l. 3279	Tunc fugiat Modredus et postea cambiet[Then let Modred flee and afterwards let him change]
p. 330, l. 3293	Arthurus ambulabit cum suis in theatro[Arthur will walk with his soldiers in the theatre (in the place)]

The Coventry Corpus Christi Plays

The Pageant of the Company of Sheremen and Taylors

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

No manuscript source

MODERN SOURCES:

The Pageant of the Company of Sheremen and Taylors, in Coventry, as Performed by them on the Festival of Corpus Christi; together with Other Pageants, Exhibited on occasion of several Royal Visits to that City; and Two Specimens of Ancient Local Poetry, ed. by Thomas Sharp (Coventry: Wm. Reader, 1817)

A Dissertation on the Pageants or Dramatic Mysteries Anciently performed at Coventry, by the Trading Companies of that City; Chiefly with Reference to the Vehicle, Characters, and Dresses of the Actors. Compiled in a great degree, from sources hitherto unexplored. To which are added, the Pageant of the Shearmen & Taylors’ Company, and other municipal entertainments of a public nature, ed. by Thomas Sharp (Coventry: Merridew, 1825), pp. 83–118

Two Coventry Corpus Christi Plays: 1. The Shearmen and Taylors’ Pageant, Re-edited from the edition of Thomas Sharp, 1825; and 2. The Weavers’ Pageant, Re-edited from the manuscript of Robert Croo, 1534; ed. by Hardin Craig, Early English Text Society ES 87, 2nd edn. (London: Oxford University Press, 1957; repr. 1967), pp. 1–32

The Coventry Corpus Christi Plays, ed. by Pamela M. King and Clifford Davidson, Early Drama, Art, and Music Monograph Series 27, Medieval Institute Publications (Kalamazoo: Western Michigan University, 2000), pp. 83–111

[The text used here is from King and Davidson]

p. 85, l. 93	Here the angell departyth, and Joseff cumyth in and seyth:
p. 90, l. 228	There the scheppardis drawys furth there meyte and doth eyte and drynk; and asse the drynk the fynd the star, and sey thus:
l. 249	There the angelis syng ‘Glorea in exselsis Deo.’
p. 91, l. 263	There the scheppardis syngis ‘Ase I Owt Rodde,’ and Josoff seyth:
l. 267	There the angellis syng ‘Gloria in exsellsis’ ageyne.
p. 92, l. 312	There the scheppardis syngith ageyne and goth forthe of þe place; and the ij profettis cumyth in, and seyth thus:
p. 96, l. 424	There the profettis gothe furthe, and Erod cumyth in and þe messenger.
p. 98, l. 489	Here Erod goth awey, and the iij kyngis speykyth in þe strete.
p. 100, l. 548	Here Erode cumyth in ageyne, and the messengere seyth:
p. 102, l. 633	There Erode goth his weyis, and the iij kyngis cum in ageyne.
p. 103, l. 643	There the iij kyngis gois into the jesen to Mare and hir child.
p. 105, l. 728	Here Erode ragis in þe pagond and in the strete also.
p. 106, l. 106	There Erode ragis ageyne, and then seyth thus:
p. 107, l. 775	Here the wemen cum in wythe there chyldur syngyng them, and Mare and Josoff goth awey cleyne.

The Coventry Corpus Christi Plays

The Weavers Pageant

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Coventry: Coventry Records Office CRO Acc. 11/2

MODERN SOURCES:

The Presentation in the Temple, A Pageant, as Originally Represented by the Corporation of Weavers in Coventry, ed. by Thomas Sharp (Edinburgh: Abbotsford Club, 1836)

Two Coventry Corpus Christi Plays: 1. The Shearmen and Taylors’ Pageant and 2. The Weavers’ Pageant, ed. by Hardin Craig, The Early English Text Society ES 87, 2nd ed. (London: Oxford University Press, 1957), pp. 33–71

[The text used here is from King and Davidson]

p. 117, l. 175	Here Semeon intrythe and the last profett gothe owtt.
p. 118, l. 216	Here Ane cumyth in to Semeonn and seythe:
p. 120, l. 290	There Semeon settys hym downe to rest, as hit were, and the Angell seythe to hymm:
p. 121, l. 320	There Semeon gothe to his clarkis and seyth:
p. 123, l. 364	There Semeonn and his clarkis gothe vp to the tempull, and Gaberell cumyth to the tempull dore and seyth:
p. 124, l. 402	Here Mare goth to Josoff and seyis:
p. 127, l. 502	Here Josoff gothe from Mare and seyth:
p. 131, l. 633	Cantant [they sing]Here the cum doune with pressession to mete them:
p. 133, l. 691	Here Semeon goth to the awtere with þe chyld in hys armis and seyth:
l. 701	There Mare and Josoff departis owt of the vpper parte of the pagond.
p. 134, l. 718	Here gothe Semeon and his clarkis owt of the tempull.
p. 136, l. 799	There the all goo vp to the awter, and Jhesus before. Þe syng an antem.
l. 807	There the goo done into the for-pagond and Jhesus steylyth awey.
p. 138, l. 849	Here Mare and Josoff goth downe in to the tempull warde.
p. 139, l. 906	There the doctoris settyth Cryst among them.
p. 143, l. 1005	Here cumyth Josoff and Mare sekyng þis chylde, and Mare seyth:

Fulgens and Lucres

Henry Medwall

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

San Marino: Huntington Library, California. Call number: 62599

FACSIMILE:

Henry Medwall, Fulgens And Lucres, The Henry E. Huntington Facsimile Reprints, I, ed. and intro. by Seymour De Ricći (New York: George D. Smith, 1920), sigs. a.i^r–g.iii^v

MODERN SOURCES:

English Moral Interludes, ed. by Glynne Wickham (London: Dent, 1976), pp. 41–101

The Plays of Henry Medwall, ed. by Alan H. Nelson (Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, 1980), pp. 31–89

Fulgens & Lucres by Henry Medwall, ed. by Peter Meredith, School of English (Leeds: University of Leeds, 1981), pp. 1–73

[The text used here is from the facsimile, 1920]

sig. a.ii^r	Intrat A dicens:[A enters, saying]Intrat B[B enters]
sig. a.v^r	Intrat fulgens dicens:[Fulgens enters, saying]
sig. a.vi^v	Intrat publius Cornelius dicens:[Publius Cornelius enters, saying]
sig. b.i^v	Et exeatDeinde loquitur B:[And let him go outThen B says]
sig. b.ii^v	Exeat[(And) let him go out]Intrat fulgens lucres & ancilla & dicat:[Fulgens enters (with) Lucres and her maid, and let him say]
sig. b.iii^v	Et exeat.[And let him go out]
sig. b.iv^r	Intrat gayus flam.[Gaius Flaminius enters]
sig. b.v^r	Et exeat Lucres. deinde A. accedens ad Gayum flaminium & dicat ei sic:[And let Lucres go out (and her maid). Then let A, coming to Gaius Flaminius, say to him thus]
sig. c.i^r	Et exeat gayus flaminius. et dicat B:[And let Gaius Flaminius go out, and let B say]
sig. c.iii^r	Avoyde the place A.[Let A go out of the place]
sig. c.iii^v	Come in the maydyn
sig. c.v^v	Et conabitur eam osculari [osculare][And he shall try to kiss her]
sig. c.vi^r	Et osculabitur [osculabit].[And he shall kiss her]Intrat A[A enters]
sig. d.ii^r	Et tunc cantabunt[And then they shall sing]Et deinde luctabuntur.[And then they shall wrestle]
sig. d.ii^v	Tunc proiiciet cirothecam[Then he shall throw down his glove]
sig. d.iii^r	Et proiectus dicat A:[And let A, prostrate, say]
sig. d.iii^v	Et vtroque flagellato recedit ancilla.[And having beaten [whipped] them both the maid withdraws]Intrat Gaius.[Gaius enters]
sig. d.v^r	Et exeat gaius & A. Intrat B.And let Gaius go out and A. B enters]
sig. d.vi^v	Finis prime partisend of the first part
sig. e.i^r	Intrat A dicens:[A enters saying]
sig. e.iv^r	Et exeat cornelius[And let Cornelius go out]
sig. e. iv^v	Intrat lucres.[Lucres enters]
sig. e.v.^v	Et exeat.[And let him go out]Intrat A.[A enters]
sig. e.vi^r	Et scalpens [scalpinans] caput post modicum interuallum dicat[And scratching his head let him say after a short pause]Et exeat A.[And let A go out]
sig. e.vi^v	Et deinde corisabunt [chorizabunt].[And then they shall sing]
sig. f.i^r	Exeat.[Let him go out]Dicat lucres:[Let Lucres say]
sig. g.i^r	Et exeant pub.[lius] cornelus et gaius flaminius.[And let Publius Cornelius and Gaius Flaminius go out]

Impacyente pouerte

MANUSCRIPT SOURCES:

London: British Library MS C 34, i. 26

STC 14112.5 (Formerly 14114)

FACSIMILE:

‘Lost’ Tudor Plays. Wealth and Health, c.1557–8. Impatient Poverty, 1560. John the Evangelist, c. 1520., Tudor Facsimile Texts, ed. by John S. Farmer (London: Privately printed for Subscribers, 1907)

MODERN SOURCE:

The Tudor Interludes: Nice Wanton and Impatient Poverty, ed. by Leonard Tennenhouse (New York: Taylor & Francis, 1984)

[The text used here is from the facsimile, 1907]

sig. A.i^r	Peace begynneth,
sig. B.i^v	Exiunt ambo[Exit both]
sig. B.iiii^r	Here cometh enuye runnynge in Laughyng, & sayth to conscyence:
sig. C.i^v	Et plora [plorans/plorat][And he weeps]
sig. C.iii^r	here mysrule syngeth w^tout comminge in
sig. C.iiii^v	Peace entreth
sig. D.i^r	And here they face Peace out of the place
sig. D.iii^r	Here they fyght and runne all out of the placeAnd then entreth prosperite poorely and sayeth:
sig. D.iiii^r	Here entreth the Somner.Haboundance entreth.
sig. D. iiii^v	exiunt ambo.[they both leave]Here entreth y^e somner agayne, & pouerte folowethhim with a candell in his hande doyng penaunce aboute the place. And then sayth the somner:
Som.	Rowme syrs auoydaunceThat thys man maye do hys pennaunce

Candlemes Day and the Kyllyng of þe Children of Israelle

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Oxford, The Bodleian Library, MS Digby 133 fols 146^r–157^v

FACSIMILE:

The Digby Plays Facsimiles of the plays in Bodley MSS Digby 133 and e Museo 160, intro. by Donald C. Baker and J. L. Murphy, Medieval Drama Facsimiles, III (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1976)

MODERN SOURCE:

The Origin of The English Drama, ed. by Thomas Hawkins (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1773), pp. 3–26

The Digby Mysteries, ed. by F. J. Furnivall, The New Shakespere Society (London: Trübner, 1882)

The Late Medieval Religious Plays of Bodleian MSS Digby 133 and e Museo 160, ed. by Donald C. Baker John L. Murphy and Louis B. Hall Jr., Early English Text Society OS 283 (Oxford: Oxford Univerity Press, 1982), pp. 96–115

[The text used here is from Baker, Murphy and Hall, 1982]

p. 97, l. 56	Et tripident [tripudent].[And they (virgins) (dance)]
p. 101, l. 133	Here the knyghtes shalle departe from Herowdes to Israelle, and Watkyn shalle abyde, seyng thus to Herodes:
p. 104, l. 232	Here the knyghtes and Watkyn walke abought the place tylle Mary and Joseph be conveid into Egipt.Dixit angelus:[The Angel said:]
p. 105, l. 276	Et exeant[And they must go out]
l. 280	Here Mary and Joseph shalle go out of þe place, and þe goddes shalle falle, and than shalle come in the women of Israel, with yong children in ther armys, and than the knyghtes shall go to them, sayng as foluyth:
p. 106, l. 314	Hic occident pueros.[Here they (knights) shall kill the children]
p. 108, l. 349	Here thei shalle bete Watkyn, and the knyghtes shalle come to rescue hym, and than thei go to Herowdes, þus sayng:
p. 109, l. 388	Here dieth Herowde, and Symeon shalle sey as foluyth: Vacat ab hinc [from here it is omitted] (not strictly a stage direction, in a later hand, to indicate that part of the play from this point onwards is omitted)
p. 110, l. 412	Here shalle Oure Lady come forth, holdyng Jhesu in hir armys, and sey this language foluyng to Joseph:
l. 428	Here Maria and Joseph go toward the temple with Jhesu and too dowes [doves], and Oure Lady seith vnto Symeon:
l. 436	Her shalle Symeon receyve of Maria Jhesu and too dowis, and holde Jhesu in his armys, expownyng ‘Nunc dimittis’, et cetera, seyng thus:
p. 111, l. 444	Here declare ‘Nunc dimittis’.
l. 460	Here shalle Anna Prophetissa sey thus to þe virgynes:
l. 464	Her virgynes, as many as a man wylle, shalle holde tapers in ther handes, and the first seyth:
p. 112, l. 484	Here shal Symeon bere Jhesu in his armys, goyng a procession rounde aboute þe tempille, and al þis wyle þe virgynis synge ‘Nunc dimittis’ and whan þat is don, Symeon seyth:
p. 113, 516	Here she receyveth hire sone, þus seyeng:
l. 524	Here Maria and Josephe goyng from þe tempille seyng:
p. 114, l. 550	Anna Prophetissa et [virgynes] tripident [tripudent].[Anna and [the virgins] (dance)]

King Johan

John Bale

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

San Marino CA: Henry E. Huntington Library, MS HM3 (1540–60)

FACSIMILE:

King Johan, ed. by John Henry Pyle Pafford and W. W. Greg, Malone Society Reprints (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1931) in type-facsimile

MODERN SOURCES:

Kynge Johan, a Play in Two Parts by John Bale, ed. by John Payne Collier, The Camden Society, o.s., 2 (London: John Bowyer Nichols, 1838)

Kynge Johan, in Specimens of the Pre-Shaksperean Drama, ed. by John Matthews Manly, 2 vols (Boston: Ginn, 1897), I, pp. 525–618

John Bale’s King Johan, ed. by Barry B. Adams (San Marino, CA: The Huntington Library, 1969)

The Complete Plays of John Bale, ed. by Peter Happé, 2 vols (Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, 1985, 1986)

[The text here is from The Malone Society in type-facsimile]

fol. 1a, l. 21	ynglond vidua[Enter] [England widow]
fol. 2b, l. 154	go owt ynglond & drese for clargy
fol. 4b, l. 313	he^r go owt Sedwsion & drese for syvyll order’
fol. 6b, l. 496	knele
fol. 7a, l. 547	here kyng Iohn & sivile order go owt. & syvile order drese hym for Sedewsyon
fol. 8a, l. 616	go owt nobylyte & clar⟨[pⁱvat weltħ]
fol. 8a, l. 619	here sedycyon cũmyth in
l. 629	seyng þ^e leteny:
fol. 8a, l. 632	here cũ dyssymvlacys syngyng of the leany:
l. 633	dyssymvlacyõ syng:
l. 634	sedycyõ syng:
l. 635	dyssymvlacyõ syng:
l. 643	here syng this:
fol. 9b, l. 758	here cũ in vsurpyd pow^r & pⁱvate welth syngyng on after another:
l. 759	vsurpyd pow^r syng this:
l. 760	pⁱvate weltħ syng this:
l. 763	her go & bryng them
fol. 10a, l. 798	here they shall bare hym in & sedycyon saythe:
l. 824	here syng:
fol. 10b, l. 843	knele
fol. 11a, l. 887	here dissimvlacyon shall deleu’ þ^e wrytynges to vsurpyd pow^r
fol. 13a, l. 1001	he^r go owt vsurpid pow^r & pⁱvat welth & sedycyon: vsurpyd pow^r shall drese for þ^e pope: pⁱvat weltħ for a cardynall & sedycyon for [stevyn laṽton] a monke þ^e cardynall shall bryng in þ^e crose. & stevyn lavnton þ^e bocke bell & candell
fol. 13b, l. 1028	knele & knoke on þⁱ bryst
l. 1052	say this all thre:
l. 1056	here they shall syng:
l. 1062	here go owt & dresse for nobylyte
fol. 15a, l. 1124	here þ^e pope go owt & dyssmvlacyon & nobylyte cũ in & say:
l. 1152	here sett down & nobelyte shall say benedycyte:
l. 1195	go owt nobelyte
fol. 15b, l. 1196	here enter clargy & Cyvyll order together ∙ & sedysyon shall go vp & down a praty whyle
l. 1198	knele and say both:
fol. 16a, l. 1276	here go owt All & kyng Ioħn cũmyth in
fol. 17a, l. 1304	cũ in lyke a cardynall
fol. 17b, l. 1394	go owt & dresse fo⟨r nobylyte
fol. 18b, l. 1488	here go owt clargy & dresse for ynglond & syvyll ord’ for cõmynalte
fol. 19a, l. 1531	her nobelyte go owt & dresse for þ^e cardynall here ent’ ynglond & cõmynalte
fol. 19b, l. 1586	here enter Pandwlfus þ^e cardynall & sayth:
fol. 20a, l. 1599	go owt cõmynulte
fol. 20b, l. 1649	here þ^e kyng delevyr þ^e crowne to þ^e cardynall
fol. 21a, l. 10 B	here kyng Ioħn shall delevyr þ^e oblygacyõ
l. 15 B	here þe bysshop stevyn langton cũ In
fol. 21b, l. 59 B	go owt ynglond & dresse for dyssymvlacyon
l. 72 B	here go owt þ^e kyng
l. 80 B	here þ^e cardynall go owt & dresse for nobelyte
fol. 22a, l. 114 B	here go owt dissimylacõ & stevyn lãgton together & [st] kyng Iohn cũ in //
fol. 22b, l. 158 B	drynke to þ^e kng
l. 166 B	here haue hym owt of the place
fol. 27a, l. 2013	flectit genua[bends his knees]
fol. 34b, l. 2599	Hic õnes rex osculatur [osculat][Here the King kisses them all]

Magnyfycence

John Skelton

EARLIEST PUBLISHED TEXT:

Cambridge University AB.8.46 no. 4

Magnyfycence, A goodly interlude and a mery deuysed and made by mayster Skelton/poet laureate late deceasyd (London [Southwark]: P. Treveris for John Rastell, 1533)

STC 22607.

FACSIMILE:

John Skelton, Magnyfycence, Tudor Facsimile Texts, ed. by John S. Farmer ([London]: Issued for Subscribers by the Editor, 1910; New York: AMS Press, 1970)

MODERN SOURCES:

Magnyfycence A Moral Play by John Skelton, ed. by Robert Lee Ramsay, from the edition in Univ[ersity] Library, Cambridge with Introduction, Notes, and Glossary, Early English Text Society, ES 98 (London: Oxford University Press, 1908; rpr. 1958)

Four Morality Plays, ed. by Peter Happé (London: Penguin, 1979; rpr. 1987)

Magnificence Skelton, ed. by Paula Neuss (Manchester, Baltimore, MD: Manchester University Press; The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1980)

[The text used here is from the facsimile, 1910]

sig. A.ij.^r	Hic intrat Measure.[Here enters Measure]
sig. A.iij.^r	Hic intrat magnyfycence[Here enters Magnificence]
sig. A.iiij^r	Itaque measure exeat locū cum lybertate et maneat magnyfycence cū felicitate.[So let Measure leave the place with Liberty, and Magnificence remain with Felicity]Hic intrat Fansy.[Here enters Fancy]
sig. B.i.^r	Hic faciattanquam legeret litteras tacite: Interim superueniat cantando coūterfetcoūtenaunce suspenso gradū qui viso magnyfycence sensū retrocedat ad tēpus post pusillū rursū accedat counterfetcoūtenaunce prospectando & vocitando a longe et fansy animat silentium cum manu.[Here let him make as if he were reading the letter silently. Meanwhile let Counterfeit Countenance come on singing, who on seeing Magnificence should softly retreat on tiptoe. At the right moment, after a while, let Counterfeit Countenance approach again looking out and calling from a distance, and Fancy motions silence with his hand]
sig. B.ii.^r	Hic discedat magnificens cum fansy et intrat coūterfet countenaunce.[Here let Magnificence depart with Fancy, and Counterfeit Countenance enters]
sig. B.iij^r	Hic ingrediatur fansy properantur cū crafty conueyaūce cum famina multa adiniucem garrulantes tandem viso coūterfet countenaūce dicat crafty cōueyaūce:[Her let Fancy come in hurriedly with Crafty Conveyance, gabbling many things together; one after the other, finally on seeing Counterfeit Countenance let Crafty Conveyance say]
sig. B.iiij^r	Hic ingrediatur cloked colusyon cum elato aspectu, deorsum et sursum ambulando.[Here let Cloaked Collusion come in with a haughty expression, strolling up and down]
sig. C.i.^r	Hic deambulat[Here he walks about]
sig. C.i.^v	Hic ingrediatur courtly abusyon cantando:[Here let Courtly Abusion come in singing]
l. 748	Et faciat tanquam exiat beretrum [birretum] ironice.[And let him make as if he doffs his cap ironically]
sig. C.ij.^r	Here cometh in Crafty conueyaunce poyntyng with his fynger and sayth:
sig. C.ij^v	And so they go out of the place.Courtly abusyon alone in the place.
sig. C.iij.^r	Here cometh in fansy craynge stow stow.[Here cometh in Fancy crying ‘Stow, stow’.
sig. C.iiij^v	Hic ingrediatur Foly que[a]tiendo crema et faciendo multum, feriendo tabulas, et similia[Here let Folly enter (leading a dog), shaking a bauble and making a commotion, beating on tables and suchlike]
sig. D.ii.^r	Here cometh in crafty conueyaunce
sig. D.ii.^v	Here foly maketh semblaunt to take a lowse from crafty conueyaunce showlder.Here crafty conuaunce putteth of his gowne:Here foly maketh semblaunt to take money of crafty conueyaunce, saynge to hym:
sig. D.iiij^r	Crafty conueyaunce alone in the place.
sig. D.iiij^v	Here cometh in Magnyfycence with Lyberte and Felycyte.Here goth out Crafty conuayaunce.Here cometh in Fansy.
sig. E.i.^r	Here goeth out felycyte, lyberte, and fansy.
sig. E.i.^v	Magnyfycence alone in the place.
sig. E.ii.^r	Here cometh in courtly abusyon, doynge reuerence and courtesy.
sig. E.iii.^r	Here cometh in cloked colusyon with mesure.
sig. E.iiij^r	Hic introducat colusion mesure magnyfycence aspectant [aspectans] vultu elatissimo.[Here let Collusion bring Measure forward, Magnificance looking on with a very haughty expression]
sig. E.iiij^v	Here mesure goth out of the place.
sig. F.i^r	Here goth cloked colusyon awaye and leueth Magnyfycence alone in the place.Here cometh in Foly.
sig. F.i.^v	Here fansy cometh in
sig. F.ii.^r	Here goth foly away.Here cometh in aduersyte.Here magnyfycence is beten downe and spoylyd from all his goodys and rayment.
sig. F.iii.^r	Here cometh in pouerteHic accedat ad leuandum magnyfycence, et locabit eum super locum stratum.[Here let him set about lifting Magnificence and he will place him on a bed]
sig. F.iiij.^r	Disidendo dicat ista verba[Dispairingly let him say these words]Here magnyfycence dolorously maketh his mone.
sig. G.i.^r	Hic aliquis buccat in cornu a retro post populū.[Here someone blows a horn from the back behind the people
sig. G.i^v	Here cometh in Crafty conueyaunce Cloked colusyō with a lusty laughter.
sig. G.ii^v	Et cum festinacione discedant a loco.[And let them leave the place hurriedly]Hic intrat Dyspare[Here enters Despair]
sig. G.iii.^r	Hic intrat Myschefe[Here enters Mischief]Here Magnyfycence wolde slee hymselfe with a knyfe
sig. G.iii^v	Hic intrat Goodhope fugientibus dyspare & myschefe repente good hope surripiat illi gladio & dicat:[Here enters Good Hope while Despair and Mischief are running away. Let Good Hope suddenly snatch the sword from him and say]
sig. G.iiij.^r	Hic intrat Redresse[Here enters Redress]Et exiat.[And let him go out]
sig. G. iiij^v	Here cometh in sad cyrcumspeccyon sayenge:
sig. H.i^r	Hic intrat perseueraunce.[Here enters Perseverance]

Mankind

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Folger MS V. a. 354

FACSIMILE:

MODERN SOURCES:

The Macro Plays 1. Mankind (AB. 1475). 2. Wisdom (AB 1460). 3 The Castle of Perseverance (AB 1425), ed. by F. J. Furnivall and Alfred W. Pollard, Early English Text Society, ES 91 (London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner, 1904), pp. 1–34

The Macro Plays The Castle of Perseverance Wisdom Mankind, ed. by Mark Eccles, Early English Text Society, OS 262 (London: Oxford University Press, 1969), pp. 153–84

Mankind: An Acting Edition, ed. by Peter Meredith, Alumnus Playtexts in Performance (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1997)

Medieval Drama: An Anthology, ed. by Greg Walker (Oxford: Blackwell, 2000), pp. 258–79

[The text used here is from the facsimile, 1972]

p. 258, l. 81	Her þei daunc. Mercy seyth:
p. 262, l. 161	Exiant simul cantent[Let them exit together. Let them sing.]
p. 270, l. 343	cantant omneshoylyke holyke holyke holyke holyke holyke[All sing hoylyke holyke holyke holyke holyke holyke]
p. 274, l. 400	Exiant[Let them go off]
l. 424	Clamant[They cry]
p. 278, l. 477	[Tityuillus] loquitur ad newgyse:[Titivillus says to New Guise]
l. 482	loquitur ad nowadays:[Titivillus says to Nowadays]
l. 486	loquitur ad nought:[Titivillus says to Nought]
p. 282, l. 549	here titivillus goth out wyth þe spade
p. 286, l. 665	Nowadays mak proclamacyon
p. 289, l. 674	Nought scri[bit][Nought writes.]
p. 290, l. 725	amen dicant omnes[let all say amen]
p. 294, l. 798	hic exit myscheff[here Mischief leaves]
l. 810	Exiant[Let them leave]
p. 302, l. 902	hic exit mankind[here Mankind leaves]

[Saint Mary Magdalen]

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

The Bodleian Library, Oxford, MSS Digby 133 and e Museo 160, fols 95^r–145^r

FACSIMILE:

MODERN SOURCE:

[The text used here is from Baker, Murphy and Hall, 1982]

p. 25, l. 44	Here answerryt all þe pepul at onys: ‘Ȝa, my lord, ȝa!’
l. 48	Her entyr Syrus, þe fader of Mary Mavdleyn.
p. 27, l. 113	Here xal þey be servyd wyth wyn and spycys.
p. 28, l. 139	Here goth þe masengyr toward Herowdes.
p. 30, l. 208	Her commyt þe emperowers [masengyr], þus sayyng to Herowdes:
l. 216	Here he xall take þe lettyrs onto þe kyng.
p. 32, l. 248	Her comyt þe Emprorys masengyr to Pylat.
l. 256	Her Pylat takyt þe lettyrs wyth grete reverens.
l. 264	Her avoydyt þe masengyr, and Syrus takyt hys deth.
p. 33, l. 276	her avoydyt Syrus sodenly, and than sayyng Lazarus:
p. 34, l. 304	Her xal entyr þe Kyng of the Word, þe Flesch, and þe Dylfe, wyth þe Seuen Dedly Synnys, a Bad Angyll, an an Good Angyl, þus seyyng þe Word:
p. 35, l. 333	Her xal entyr þe Kynge of Flesch, wyth Slowth, Gloteny, Lechery.
l. 357	Here xal entyr þe prynse of dyllys in a stage, and helle ondyrneth þat stage, þus seyyng þe Dylfe:
p. 36, l. 380	Her xal þe Deywl go to þe Word wyth hys compeny.
p. 37, l. 397	Her he goth to þe Flesch, thus seyyng:
l. 408	Her comyt þe Kyng of Flesch to þe Word, þus seyyng:
p. 38, l. 439	Her xal alle þe Seuyn Dedly Synnys besege þe castell tyll [Mary] agre to go to Jherusalem. Lechery xall entyr þe castell wyth þe Bad Angyl, þus seyyng Lechery:
p. 39, l. 469	Here takyt Mary hur wey to Jherusalem wyth Luxsurya, and þey xal resort to a tavernere. þus seyy[n]g þe tavernere:
p. 40, l. 490	Her xal entyr a galavnt, þus seyyng:
p. 42, l. 546	Here xal Mary and þe galont awoyd, and þe Bad Angyll goth to þe Word, þe Flych, and þe Dylfe, þus sayyng þe Bad Angyl:
l. 560	Here goth þe bad angyl to Mari agayn.
l. 563	Here xal Satan go hom to hys stage, and Mari xal entyr into þe place alone, save þe Bad Angyl, and al þe Seuen Dedly Synnys xal be conveyyd into þe howse of Symont Leprovs, þey xal be arayyd lyke seuen dylf, þus kept closse; Mari xal be in an erbyr, þus seyyng:
p. 43, l. 571	Her xal Mary lye doun and slepe in þe erbyre.
l. 587	Here entyr Symont into þe place, þe Good Angyll þus seyyng to Mary:
p. 44, l. 614	Here xal entyr þe Prophet wyth hys desyplys, þus seyyng Symont Leprus:
p. 45, l. 630	Her xal Mary folow alonge, wyth þis lamentacyon:
l. 640	Her xal Mary wasche þe fett of þe prophet wyth þe terrys of hur yys, whypyng hem wyth hur herre, and þan anoynt hym wyth a precyus noyttment. Jhesus dicit:
p. 47, l. 691	Wyth þis word seuyn dyllys xall dewoyde from þe woman, and the Bad Angyll entyr into hell wyth thondyr.
l. 704	Here devodyt Jhesus wyth hys desipyllys, þe Good Angyll reioysyng of Mawdleyn:
p. 48, l. 725	Here aperytt to dyvllys before þe mastyr.
l. 739	Here xall þey serva all þe seuyn as þey do þe frest.
p. 49, l. 743	Here xall þe tother deyllys sett þe howse on afyere, and make a sowth [smoke], and Mari xall go to Lazar and to Martha.
p. 50, l. 775	Here xall Lazar take hys deth, þus seyyng:
l. 793	Here goth Mary and Martha, and mett wyth Jhesus, þus seyyng:
p. 51, l. 818	Here goth Mary and Martha homvard, and Jhesus devodyt.
l. 823	Mortuus est.[He (Lazarus) has died]
p. 52, l. 841	Here þe on knygth make redy þe ston, and other bryng in þe wepars, arayyd in blak.
l. 845	Lay hym in. Here al þe pepyll resort to þe castell, þus seyyng Jhesus [in the place]:
p. 53, l. 868	Here xal Jhesus com wyth hys dissipulys, and on Jew tellyt Martha:
l. 872	Here Martha xall ronne aȝen Jhesus, þus seyyng:
p. 54, l. 888	Here Mary xall falle to Jhesus, þus seyyng Mary:
l. 902	Here xall Martha put of þe grave ston.
l. 910	Here xall Lazar aryse, trossyd wyth towellys, in a shete.
p. 55, l. 920	Here all þe pepull and þe Jewys, Mari and Martha, wyth on woys sey þes wordys: ‘We beleve in yow, Savyowr, Jhesus, Jhesus, Jhesus!’
l. 924	Here devoydyt Jhesus wyth hys desypyllys; Mary and Martha and Lazare gon hom to þe castell, and here begynnyt [þe Kyng of Marcylle] hys bost:
p. 56, l. 962	Here xall þe knygtys gete spycys and wynne, and here xall entyr a dylle in orebyll aray, þus seyyng:
p. 57, l. 992	Here xall entyr þe thre Mariis arayyd as chast women, wyth sygnis of þe passyon pryntyd ypon þer brest, þus seyyng Mawdleyn:
p. 58, l. 1004	Al þe Maryys wyth on woyce sey þis folowyng:
l. 1022	Here xall apere to angelys in whyte at þe grave.
p. 59, l. 1030	Here xall þe Maryys mete wyth Petyr and Jhon.
l. 1046	Here Petyr and Jhon go to þe sepulcur and þe Maryys folowyng.
p. 60, l. 1060	Hic aparuit Jhesus.[Here Jesus appeared]
p. 61, l. 1095	Here avoydyt Jhesus sodenly, þus seyyng Mary Magdleyn:
l. 1109	[Jhesus appears again]
p. 62, l. 1124	Here Jhesus devoydytt aȝen.
l. 1132	Here devoyd all þe thre Maryys, and þe Kyng of Marcyll xall begynne a sacryfyce.
l. 1142	Here xall entyr an hethen prest and hys boye.
p. 63, l. 1177	Bete hym.
p. 65, l. 1227	Syng both.
p. 67, l. 1280	Her goth þe masengyr to Herodes.
l. 1292	Here goth þe masengyr to þe emperower.
p. 69, l. 1335	Her entyr Mawdleyn wyth hyr dysypyll, þus seyyng:
l. 1348	Her xall hevyn opyn, and Jhesus xall shew [hymself].
p. 70, l. 1375	Tunc decendet angelus.[Then the Angel shall descend]
p. 71, l. 1394	Here xall entyre a shyp wyth a mery song.
l. 1418	Bete hym.
p. 72, l. 1434	[Ship sails.]
l. 1438	Now xall þe shepmen syng.
l. 1443	[Mary goes ashore.]
l. 1445	Her goth þe shep owt of þe place.
p. 73, l. 1453	Here xall Mary entyr before þe kyng.
p. 75, l. 1537	Here goth þe kyng wyth all hys atendavnt to þe tempyll.
p. 76, l. 1553	Here xal þe mament tremyll and quake.
l. 1561	Here xall comme a clowd from heven, and sett þe tempyl on afyer, and þe pryst and þe cler[k] xall synke, and þe kyng gothe hom, þus seyyng:
p. 77, l. 1577	Here þe kyng goth to bed in hast, and Mary goth into an old logge wythowt þe gate, þus seyyng:
l. 1597	Tunc dissenditt angelus [descendunt angeli]. Primus dyxit:[Then the angels descend. The first one said]
p. 78, l. 1609	Here goth Mary, wyth þe angelys before hyre, to þe kynggys bed, wyth lythys beryng, þus seyyng Mary:
l. 1617	Here Mari woydyt, and þe angyll and Mary chongg hyr clotheyng, þus seyyng þe kyng:
p. 79, l. 1641	Thunc transit miles ad Mariam.[Then the Knight goes to Mary]
l. 1645	Tunc transytt Maria ad regem.[Then Mary goes to the King]
p. 81, l. 1715	Ett tunc navis venit in placeam, et navta [navita] dicit:[And then the ship comes into the place, and the sailor says]
l. 1724	Ett tuncc transitt rex ad navem, et dicit rex:[And then the King goes to the ship, and the King says]
p. 82, l. 1744	Lamentando regina.[The Queen lamenting]
p. 83, l. 1780	Make redy for to cast hyr owt.
l. 1790	Tunc remiga[n]t ad montem et dicit rex:[Then they (shipmen) row to the rock and the King says]
p. 84, l. 1796	Tunc remiga[n]t a monte, et navta [navita] dicit:[Then they row from the rock, and the sailor says]
l. 1810	[Jerusalem. The ship stays at the ‘coast’]
p. 85, l. 1842	Tunc aspargit illum cum aqua.[Then (St. Peter) sprinkles him (the King) with water]
p. 86, l. 1862	Et tunc rex transit ad navem, et dicit rex:[Then the King goes to the ship and the King says]
l. 1878	Et tunc navis venit adcirca placeam. Rex dicit:[Then the ship comes around the place. The King says]
p. 87, l. 1914	Et tunc remigant a monte, et navta [navita] dicit:[Then they row from the rock and the sailor says]
p. 88, l. 1922	Her goth þe shep owt of þe place, and Mavd[leyn] seyth:
l. 1938	Here xall þe kyng and þe quvene knele doun. Rex dicit:
p. 89, l. 1970	Her goth Mary into þe wyldyrnesse, þus seyyng Rex:
p. 90, l. 1988	Mari in herimo.[Mary in the wilderness]
p. 91, l. 2018	Here xall to angyllys desend into wyldyrnesse, and other to xall bryng an oble, opynly aperyng aloft in þe clowddys; þe to benethyn xall bryng Mari, and she xall receyve þe bred, and þan go aȝen into wyldyrnesse.
l. 2030	Her xall she be halsyd [saluted] wyth angellys wyth reverent song. Asumpta est Maria in nubibus. Celi gavdent, angeli lavdantes felium Dei, et dicit Mari:[Mary has risen in the clouds. The heavens rejoice, the angels praising the son of God, and Mary says]
l. 2038	Her xall speke an holy prest in þe same wyldyrnesse, þus seyyng þe prest:
p. 92, l. 2044	Her he xal go in þe wyldyrnesse and spye Mari in hyr devocyon, þus seyyng þe prest:
l. 2072	Her xall þe prest go to hys selle, þus seyyng Jhesus:
p. 93, l. 2084	Here xall to angellys go to Mary and to þe prest, þus seyyng þe angellys to þe prest:
l. 2092	In herimo.[in the wilderness]
l. 2100	Hic aparuit angelus et presbiter cum corpus domenicum [corpore dominico][Here appeared the Angel and the priest with the host]
p. 94, l. 2108	Her she reseyvyt it. (the Host)
l. 2122	Gavdent in celis.[They rejoice in the heavens]
p. 95, l. 2139	Explycit oreginale de Sancta Maria Magdalena.Here ends the play of St Mary Magdalen

The N.town Plays

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

British Library MS Cotton Vespasian D.8

FACSIMILE:

The N-Town Plays: A Facsimile of British Library MS Cotton Vespasian D VIII, intro. by Peter Meredith and Stanley J. Kahrl, Leeds Texts and Monographs, Medieval Drama Facsimiles IV (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1977)

MODERN SOURCES:

The N-Town Play: Cotton MS Vespasian D., ed. by Stephen Spector, 2 vols, Early English Text Society SS11 SS12 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1991)

The Mary Play: From the N.town Manuscript, ed. by Peter Meredith (London, New York: Longman, 1987)

The Passion Play: From the N.Town Manuscript, ed. by Peter Meredith (London, New York: Longman, 1990).

[The text used here is from Spector, 1991]

1 [The Creation of Heaven; Fall of Lucifer]

p. 22, l. 40

Hic cantent angeli in celo: ‘Tibi omnes angeli, tibi celi et vniuerse potestates, tibi cherubyn et seraphyn incessabili voce proclamant: Sanctus, Sanctus, Sanctus, Dominus Deus Sabaoth’[Here let the angels sing, in heaven: ‘To Thee all the Angels, the Heavens and all the Powers, all the Cherubim and Seraphim, unceasingly proclaim; Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God of Hosts’]

2 [The Creation of the World; The Fall of Man]

p. 28, l. 125	Hic Eua reueniet Ade viro suo et dicet ei:[Here Eve shall return to Adam, her husband, and shall say to him]
p. 29, l. 164	Adam dicit sic:[Adam says thus]
p. 32, l. 282	Hic recedit Deus, et angelus seraphicus cum gladio flamme[o] verberat Adam et Euam extra paradisum.[Here God withdraws and an angel seraphim with a flaming sword drives Adam and Eve out of paradise]

3 [Cain and Abel]

p. 37, l. 61	Abell dicit:[Abel says]
p. 39, l. 130	Hic ardent decimum Abel, et Caym quo facto dicit:[Here the tithes of Abel burn and Cain says of this occurrence]

4 [Noah]

p. 44, l. 117	Angelus ad Noe:[Angel to Noah]
p. 45, l. 141	Hic transit Noe cum familia sua pro naui, quo exeunte locum interludii sub intret statim Lameth conductus ab adolescente; et di[cit]:[Here Noah passes across with his family for the ark. As they leave the place, immediately Lameth, led by a young man, enters stealthily and says]
p. 47, l. 185	Hic Lameth cum arcu suo verberat adolescentem ad mortem, dicente adolescente:[Here Lameth with his bow beats the young man to death, the young man saying]
l. 197	Hic recedat Lameth et statim intrat Noe cum naui cantantes.[Here Lameth is to withdraw and immediately let Noah enter, with the ark. They are singing.
p. 49, l. 245	Hic emittat coruum et, parum expectans, iterum dicat:[Here he is to let go a crow and waiting for a small [short] interval is to say]
l. 249	Hic euolet columba, qua rede[u]nte cum ramo viridi oliue:[Here he is to let fly a dove which returns with a green olive branch]
p. 50, l. 253	Hic decantent hos versus: Mare vidit et fugit, Jordanis conuersus est retorsum. Non nobis, Domine, non nobis, sed nomini tuo da gloriam. Et sic recedant cum naui.[Here let them sing these verses: Mare vidit et fugit, Jordanis conuersus est retorsum. Non nobis, Domine, non nobis, sed nomini tuo da gloriam. And thus let them withdraw with the ark]

5 [Abraham and Isaac] No stage directions.

6 [Moses]

p. 59, l. 16

Hic Moyses videns [rubum] ardentem admirande [admirans] dicit:[Here Moses sees a burning bush and says in wonderment]

7 [Jessie Root] No stage directions.

8 [Joachim and Anna]

p. 74, l. 97	There they xal synge þis sequens: ‘Benedicta sit beata Trinitas’. And in þat tyme Ysakar with his ministerys ensensyth þe autere; and þan þei make her offryng, and Isaker seyth:
l. 105	Et refudit [refutat] sacrificium Joachim.[And he rejects Joachim’s offering]
p. 75, l. 108	Et redit flendo.[And he draws back weeping]
l. 109	Ministro cantando:[minister singing]
l. 116	Signando manu cum cruce sole[m]niter, et recedant tribus extra templum.[Making the sign of the cross solemnly with his hand; and the tribes are to withdraw from the temple]
p. 78, l. 172	Here þe aungel descendith þe hefne syngyng, ‘Exultet celum laudibus, resultet terra gaudiis, archangelorum gloria sacra canun[t] solemnia’.[Here the angel descendeth the heaven singing ‘Let the heaven rejoice with praises, the earth resound with joys, they sing in solemn festival to the glory of the archangels]
p. 80, l. 236	Here goth þe aungel aȝen to hefne.

9 [The Presentation of Mary in the Temple]

p. 82, l. 17	Here Joachym and Anne, with oure Lady betwen hem beyng al in whyte as a childe of iij ȝere age, presente here into the temple, thus seyng Joachym:
p. 83, l. 41	Et genuflectet ad Deum.[And she shall kneel to God]
l. 57	Joachym flectendo ad Deum sic dicens:[Joachim kneeling to God, saying thus]
p. 84, l. 77	Et[am] plexendo [amplexans] osculabit patrem et matrem.[And embracing them she shall kiss her father and mother]
p. 90, l. 217	Et recede[t] cum ministris suis; omnes virgines dicent ‘Amen’:[And he shall withdraw with his ministers. All the maidens shall say]
p. 91, l. 325	Hic Joachim et Anna recedent domum.[Here Joachim and Anna shall turn back home]
p. 92, l. 245	Here þe aungel bryngyth manna in a cowpe of gold lyke to confeccyons, þe hefne syngynge. Þe aungel seyth:
p. 93, l. 277	Hic osculet terram. Here xal comyn alwey an aungel with dyvers presentys, goynge and comyng, and in þe tyme bei xal synge in hefne þis hympne: ‘Jesu Corona Virginum’. And aftyr, þer comyth a minister fro þe busschop with a present and seyth:

10 [The Marriage of Mary and Joseph]

p. 95, l. 1	Tunc venit Abysakar Episcopus.[Then comes Abysakar the bishop]
p. 98/9, l. 115	Et hic cantent ‘Veni Creator’.[And here let them sing ‘Veni Creator’]And whan ‘Veni Creator’ is don þe buschop xal [seyn]:
p. 102, l. 198	Hic portent virgas.[Here let them bring their rods]
p. 104, l. 258	Et clamant omnes ‘Mercy! Mercy!’[And then all cry ‘Mercy! Mercy!’]
p. 105, l. 301	Et hic cantent ‘Benedicta sit beata Trinitas’[And here let them sing: ‘Blessed be the holy Trinity’]
l. 310	Episcpus et idem Joseph:[Bishop and again Joseph]
l. 313	Nunc ad Mariam sic dicens Episcopus:[Now the Bishop says to Mary]

11 [The Parliament of Heaven; The Salutation and Conception]

p. 118, l. 188	Et hic osculabunt pariter omnes.[And here they shall kiss each other]
p. 120, l. 260	Here þe aungel makyth a lytyl restynge and Mary beholdyth hym, and þe aungel seyth:
p. 122, l. 292	Here þe Holy Gost discendit with iij bemys to oure Lady, the Sone of þe Godhed nest with iij bemys to þe Holy Gost, the Fadyr godly with iij bemys to þe Sone. And so entre all thre to here bosom, and Mary seyth:
p. 123, l. 340	Angeli [Angelis] cantando istam sequenciam:
	‘Aue Maria, gratia plena, Dominus tecum, uirgo se[r]ena’.[With the angels singing this sequence: ‘Hail Mary full of grace the Lord is with thee, fair virgin’]

12 [Joseph’s Doubt] no stage directions.

13 [The Visit to Elizabeth]

p. 131, l. 22	Et sic transient circa placeam.[And thus they shall go about the place]
p. 137, l. 166	Here Mary and Elizabet partyn, and Elizabeth goth to Zakarie and seyth:

14 [The Trial of Mary and Joseph]

p. 140, l. 33	Hic intrabit page[n]tum de Purgacione Marie et Joseph. Hic dicit Primus Detractor:[Here shall begin the play of the Trial of Mary and Joseph. Here the first Detractor says]
p. 142, l. 105	Hic sedet Episcopus Abizachar inter duos legis doctores et, audientes hanc defam[a]cionem, vocat ad se detractores dicens:[Here sits the Bishop Abizachar between two doctors of law and hearing this defamation called, says to the detractors]
p. 146, l. 249	Hic Joseph bibit et sepcies circuiuit altare dicens:[Here Joseph drinks and walked around the altar saying]
p. 149, l. 333	Hic Beata Uirgo bibit de potacione et postea circuiuit altare dicens:[Here the Blessed Virgin drinks of the potion and afterwards walked about the altar saying]
p. 150, l. 363	Hic bibit, et scenciens [sentiens] dolorem in capite cadit, et dicit:[Here he drinks and feeling pain in his head falls and says]

15 [The Nativity]

p. 156, l. 125	Hic dum Joseph est absens parit Maria Filium Vnigenitum.[Here, while Joseph is absent Mary delivers the only begotten Son]
p. 158, l. 177	Hic Maria subridendo dicat:[Here Mary, smiling, is to say:]
p. 159, l. 225	Hic palpat Zelomye Beatam Virginem dicens:[Here Zelomye feels the Blessed Virgin Mary and says]
p. 160, l. 253	Hic tangit Salomee Mari[am] et, cum arescerit manus eius, vlulando et quasi flendo dicit:[Here Salome touches Mary and when her hand will have dried up wailing and almost crying she says]
p. 162, l. 293	Hic Salomee tangit fimbriam Christi dicens:[Here Salome touches Christ’s clothing saying]

16 [The Shepherds]

p. 163, l. 1	Angelus ad pastores dicit ‘Gloria in excelsis Deo’.[The angel says to the shepherds ‘Gloria in excelsis deo’]
p. 165, l. 61	‘Gloria in Excelsis Deo’ cantent.[They (the angels) are to sing ‘Gloria in excelsis deo’]
p. 166, l. 89	Tunc pastores cantabunt ‘Stella celi extirpauit’, quo facto ibunt ad querendum Christum.[Then the shepherds shall sing ‘Stella celi extirpavit’. When it is done they shall go seeking the Christ child]

17 [There is no Play 17]

18 [The Magi]

p. 173, l. 110	Tunc ibit Senescallus et obuiabit tribus regibus, et dicit eis:[Then the steward shall go forth and shall meet with the three kings and says to them]
p. 177, l. 234	Tunc ibunt reges cum muneribus ad Jesum, et Primus Rex dicit:[Then shall come the kings with their gifts to Jesus and the First King says]
p. 179, l. 290	Hic dormiunt reges, et venit angelus et dicit eis:[Here the kings sleep and an angel comes to them and says]
l. 314	Tunc surgant reges, et dicat Primus Rex:[Then the kings shall rise and the First King is to say]

19 [The Purification]

p. 181	Here Symeon knelyth and seyth:
p. 183, l. 80	Et tunc ibunt ambo ad templum et prophetissa.[And then they shall both go to the temple and prophesy]
p. 184, l. 116	Et ibunt ad templum.[And they shall go to the temple]
p. 185, l. 132	Et accipiet Jhesum.[Simeon shall take Jesus]
l. 146	Nunc dimittis seruum tuum, Domine, et cetera The psalme songyn every vers, and þerqwyl Symeon pleyth with þe child; and qwhan þe psalme is endyd he seyth:
p. 186, l. 176	Mari leyth þe childe on þe autere.
p. 187, l. 196	And þer Mary offeryth fowlys onto þe autere and seyth:

20 [The Slaughter of the Innocents; The Death of Herod]

p. 187, l. 1	Tunc, respiciens, Senescallus vadyt Herodem dicens:[Then, looking back, Senescallus makes his way to Herod, saying]
p. 190, l. 88	Tunc ibunt milites ad pueros occidendos, et dicat Prima Femina:[Then the soldiers shall come to the children to be slain and the First Woman is to say]
p. 195, l. 232	Hic, dum buccinant, Mors interficiat Herodem et duos milites subito, et Diabolus recipiat eos.[Here, while they are blowing their horns/trumpets, let Death slay Herod and the two soldiers as well, and let the devil receive them]

21 [Christ and the Doctors]

p. 197, l. 1	Modo de doctoribus disputantibus cum Jesu in templo.[Now concerning the doctors disputing with Jesus in the temple]
p. 202, l. 144	Hic adducunt Jesum inter ipsos et in scanno altiori ipsum sedere faciunt, ipsis in inferioribus scannis sedentibus, et ait ij^us doctor:[Here they lead Jesus between them and seat him in the high seat/bench themselves sitting on seats/benches lower down and the second doctor says]

22 [The Baptism]

p. 208, l. 39	Hic accedit Jesus ad Johannem, quem intuens Johannes dicat, digito demonstrans Jesum:[Here Jesus approaches John. Staring at him John is to say pointing towards Jesus]
p. 210, l. 92	Spiritus Sanctus hic descendat super ipsum, et Deus, Pater Celestis, dicet in celo:[The Holy Spirit here is to descend over him and God the father of Heaven shall speak in heaven]
p. 211, l. 122	Hic Jesus transit in desertum dicens et cetera:[Here Jesus crosses into the desert saying]

23 [The Parliament of Hell; The Temptation]

p. 217, l. 113	Hic ascendit Deus pinnaculum templi dum diabolus dicit quod sequitur:[Here God ascends the pinnacle of the temple while the devil says what follows]
l. 117	Hic Satanas ponit Jesum super pinnaculum dicens:[Here Satan places Jesus on the pinnacle saying]
p. 218, l. 156	Tunc Jesus transit cum diabolo super montem, et diabolus dicit:[Then Jesus crosses with the devil up on the mountain and the devil says]
p. 219, l. 195	Hic uenient angeli cantantes et ministrantes ei, ‘Gloria tibi Domine’ dicens:[Here Angels shall come singing ‘Gloria tibi domine’ and ministering to him. He saying]

24 [The Woman taken in Adultery]

p. 220, l. 1	Hic de muliere in adulterio deprehensa:[Here concerning the woman taken in adultery]
p. 224, l. 124	Hic juuenis quidam extra currit in deploydo, calligis non ligatis et braccas in manu tenens; et dicit accusator:[Here a certain young man shall run out in disarray, with his laces/shoes not tied and holding his breeches in his hand, and the accuser will say]
p. 226, l. 196	Hic Jesus, dum isti accusant mulierem, continue debet digito suo scribere in terra.[Here Jesus, while they are accusing the woman, must write continuously with his finger to write on the ground]
p. 227, l. 208	Jesus nichil respondit, sed semper scrybyt in terra.[Jesus replies nothing, but always writes on the earth]
p. 228, l. 232	Hic Jesus, iterum se inclinans, scribet in terra; et omnes accusatores, quasi confusi, separatim in tribus locis se desiungent.[Here Jesus again bending down, shall write in the earth; and all the accusers, somewhat confused, separately shall withdraw themselves in three different directions]

25 [The Raising of Lazarus]

p. 230, l. 1	Hic incipit de suscitacione Lazari.[Here begins the raising of Lazarus]
p. 233, l. 108	Hic Lazarus moritur, et cetera.[Here Lazarus dies, etc.]
p. 235, l. 152	Hic portauit corpus ad sepelliendum.[Here they carried the body for burial]
p. 236, l. 192	Hic iiij^us Consolator et Nuncius loquitur Jesu, dicens:[Here the fourth consoler and the messenger speaks to Jesus, saying]
p. 242, l. 372	Hic Jesus fingit se lacrimari.[Here Jesus appears to be weeping]
p. 243, l. 412	Jesus, elauatis ad celum oculis, dicit:[Jesus, raising his eyes to heaven says]
l. 420	Hic Jesus clamat voce magna dicens:[Here Jesus cries with a loud voice saying]
p. 244, l. 428	Hic resurget Lazarus ligatis manibus et pedibus ad modum sepult[i], et dicit Jesus:[Here Lazarus rises bound hand and foot in the manner of a buried person and Jesus says]

26 [Passion Play 1] [Prologues of Satan and John the Baptist; The Conspiracy; The Entry into Jerusalem]

Satan’s Prologue: no stage directions

John the Baptist’s Prologue: no stage directions.

The Conspiracy

p. 252, l. 164	Here xal Annas shewyn hymself in his stage beseyn aftyr a busshop of þe hoold lawe in a skarlet gowne, and ouyr þat a blew tabbard furryd with whyte, and a mytere on his hed after þe hoold lawe; ij doctorys stondyng by hym in furryd hodys, and on beforn hem with his staff of astat, and eche of hem on here hedys a furryd cappe with a gret knop in þe crowne; and on stondyng beforn as a Sarazyn, þe wich xal be his masangere, Annas þus seyng:
p. 253, l. 208	Here goth þe masangere forth; and in þe menetyme Cayphas shewyth himself in his skafhald arayd lych to Annas, savyng his tabbard xal be red furryd with white; ij doctorys with hym arayd with pellys aftyr þe old gyse and furryd cappys on here hedys; Cayphas þus seyng:
p. 255, l. 244	Here comyth be masangere to Cayphas; and in þe menetyme Rewfyn and Lyon schewyn hem in þe place in ray tabardys furryd, and ray hodys abouth here neckys furryd; þe masangere seyng:
l. 256	Here þe masager metyth with þe jewgys, sayng:
p. 256, l. 272	Here þe masangere comyth to Annas, þus seyng:
l. 280	Here Annas goth down to mete with Cayphas, and in þe menetyme þus seyng:
p. 257, l. 288	Here þe buschopys with here clerkys and þe Pharaseus mett [at] þe mydplace, and þer xal be a lytil oratory with stolys and cusshonys, clenly beseyn lych as it were a cownsel hous; Annas þus seyng:

The Entry into Jerusalem

p. 259, l. 359	Here þei fecch þe asse with þe fole, and þe burgeys seyth:
p. 260, l. 360	Here Cryst rydyth out of þe place and he wyl, and Petyr and Johan abydyn stylle; and at þe last, whan þei haue don þer prechyng, þei mete with Jesu.
p. 262, l. 441	Here spekyth þe iiij ceteseynys, þe fyrst þus seyng:
p. 263, l. 449	Here þe iiij ceteseynys makyn hem redy for to mete with oure Lord, goyng barfot and barelegged and in here shyrtys, savyng þei xal have here gownys cast abouth them. And qwan þei seen oure Lord þei xal sprede þer clothis beforn hym, and he xal lyth and go þerupon. And þei xal falle downe upon þer knes all atonys, þe fyrst þus seyng:
l. 453	Here Cryst passyth forth. Þer metyth with hym a serteyn of chylderyn with flowrys, and cast beforn hym. And they synggyn ‘Gloria laus’, and beforn on seyt:
p. 264, l. 481	Here Cryst blyssyth here eyn and þei may se, þe fryst seyng:

27 [The Last Supper; The Conspiracy with Judas]

p. 264, l. 1	Here Cryst procedyth on fote with his dyscipulys aftyr hym, Cryst wepyng upon þe cyté, sayng þus:
p. 266, l. 36	Here Petyr and Johan gon forth, metyng with Symon leprows beryng a kan with watyr, Petyr þus seyng:
l. 52	Here þe dyscypulys gon in with Symon to se þe ordenawns; and Cryst comyng thedyrward, þus seyng:
l. 60	Here þe dyscipulys com ageyn to Cryst, Petyr þus seyng:
p. 267, l. 68	Here comyth Symon owt of his hous to welcome Cryst.
l. 76	Here Cryst enteryth into þe hous with his disciplis and ete þe paschal lomb; and in þe menetyme þe cownsel hous befornseyd xal sodeynly onclose schewyng þe buschopys, prestys and jewgys syttyng in here astat lych as it were a convocacyon; Annas seyng þus:
p. 271, l. 204	Here Cryst restyth and etyth a lytyl, and seyth syttyng to his disciplis and Mary Mawdelyn:
p. 274, l. 268	Here Judas ryseth prevely and goth in þe place and seyt ‘Now cownter …’.
p. 276, l. 336	Here Judas goth in sotylly wheras he cam fro.
l. 348	Here the buschopys partyn in þe place, and eche of hem takyn here leve be contenawns, resortyng eche man to his place with here meny, to make redy to take Cryst. And þan xal þe place þer Cryst is in sodeynly vnclose rownd abowtyn shewyng Cryst syttyng at þe table and hese dyscypulis ech in ere degrẻ; Cryst þus seyng:
p. 277, l. 372	Here shall Jesus take an oblé in his hand lokyng vpward into hefne, to þe Fadyr þus seying:
p. 278, l. 380	Here xal he spekyn ageyn to his dyscipulys, þus seyng:
p. 280, l. 448	Whan oure Lord ȝyvyth his body to his dyscypulys, he xal sey to eche of hem, except to Judas:
l. 450	And whan Judas comyth last, oure Lord xal sey to hym:
p. 281, l. 452	And sythyn oure Lord xal sey onto Judas:
l. 456	And aftyr þat Judas hath reseyvyd, he shall syt þer he was, Cryst seyng:
l. 460	Than eche dyscypyl xal loke on other, and Petyr xal sey:
l. 461	And so all xul seyn tyl þei comyn at Judas, wech xal sey:
l. 462	þan Jesus xal sey:
l. 465	þan Judas xal gon ageyn to þe Jewys. And, yf men wolne, (the devil) xal mete with hym and sey þis spech folwyng—or levyn’t whether þei wyl—þe devyl þus seyng:
p. 282, l. 489	Than xal þe dysciplys com and take þe blod, Jesus seyng:
l. 491	And þe dyscipulys xul sett þem aȝen þer þei wore, and Jesus xal seyn:
p. 283, l. 511	Here Jesus takyth a basyn with watyr and towaly gyrt abowtyn hym and fallyth beforn Petyr on his o kne.
l. 515	Here he takyth þe basyn and þe towaly and doth as þe roberych seyth beforn.
p. 284, l. 527	Here Jesus wasshyth his dyscipulys feet by and by, and whypyth he[m], and kyssyth hem mekely, and sythy[n] settyth hym down, þus seyng:

28 [The Betrayal]

p. 285, l1	Here Jesus goth to Betany-ward, and his dyscipulys folwyng with sad contenawns, Jesus seyng:
p. 286, l. 16	Here Jesus and his discipulys go toward þe Mount of Olyvet; and whan he comyth a lytyl þerbesyde in a place lych to a park, he byddyt his dyscipulys abyde hym þer, and seyth to Petyr or he goth:
l. 24	Here Jesu goth to Olyvet and settyth hym down on his knes, and prayth to his fadyr, þus seyng:
p. 287, l. 32	Here Jesus goth to his dyscipulis and fyndyth hem sclepyng, Jesus þus seyng to Petyr:
l. 36	Here Cryst goth ageyn þe second tyme to Olyvet, and seyth knelyng:
l. 44	Here Jesus goth aȝen to his discipulis and fyndyth hem asclepe; Jeus þus seyng, latyng hem lyne:
p. 288, l. 52	Here an aungel descendyth to Jesus and bryngyth to hym a chalys with an host þerin.
l. 64	Here þe aungel ascendyth aȝen sodeynly.
l. 68	Here goth Cryst ageyn to his dyscipulys and fyndyth hem sclepyng stylle.
p. 289, l. 80	Here Jesus with his dyscipulis goth into þe place; and þer xal come in a x personys weyl beseen in white arneys and breganderys, and some dysgysed in odyr garmentys, with swerdys, gleyvs, and other straunge wepoun, as cressettys, with feyr, and lanternys, and torchis lyth; and Judas formest of al, conveyng hem to Jesu be contenawns: Jesus þus s[eyng]:
l. 92	Here all þe Jewys falle sodeynly to þe erde whan þei here Cryst speke; and quan [he] byddyth hem rysyn, þei rysyn aȝen, Cryst þus seyng:
p. 290, l. 104	Here Judas kyssyth Jesus; and anoon all þe Jewys come abowth hym and ley handys on hym and pullyn hym as þei were wode, and makyn on hym a gret cry all atonys. And aftyr þis Petyr seyth:
l. 106	And forthwith he smytyth of Malchus here, and he cryeth, ‘Help! Myn here, myn here!’ And Cryst blyssyth it and ‘tys hol.
p. 291, l. 148	Here þe Jewys lede Cryst outh of þe place with gret cry and noyse, some drawyng Cryst forward, and some bakward, and so ledyng forth with here weponys alofte and lytys brennyng. And in þe menetyme, Marye Magdalene xal rennyn to oure Lady and telle here of oure Lordys takyng, þus seyng:

[The Procession of Saints] no stage directions.

29 [Passion Play 2] [Herod; The Trial Before Annas and Cayphas]

p. 295, l. 1	What tyme [by the time] þat processyon is enteryd into þe place and þe Herowdys takyn his schaffalde, and Pylat, and Annas and Cayphas here schaffaldys also, þan [xal] come þer an exposytour in doctorys wede, þus seyng:
p. 296, l. 20	Here þe Herowndys xal shewe hymself and speke:
p. 299, l. 89	Here xal a massanger com into þe place rennyng and criyng, ‘Tydyngs! Tydngys!’, and so rownd abowth þe place, ‘Jesus of Nazareth is take! Jesus of Nazareth is take!’, and forthwith heylyng þe prynces, þus seyng:
p. 300, l. 117	Here bryng þei Jesus beforn Annas and C[ayphas], and on xal seyn þus:
p. 301, l. 141	Here he xal smyte Jesus on þe cheke.
p. 302, l. 177	Et clamabunt omnes:[And all shall cry out]
l. 180	Here þei xal bete Jesus about þe hed and þe body, and spyttyn in his face, and pullyn hym down, and settyn hym on a stol, and castyn a cloth ouyr his face; and þe fyrst xal seyn:
p. 303, l. 183	Et percuciet caput.[And he shall hit him on the head]
l. 192	Here xal þe woman come to [þe] Jewys and seyn:
l. 194	Here xal þe tother woman seyn to Petyr:
l. 198	Et cantabit gallus.[And a cock shall crow]
p. 304, l. 212	Et cantabit gallus. And þan Jesus xal lokyn on Petyr, and Petyr xal wepyn; and þan he xal gon out and seyn:[And a cock shall crow. And then Jesus shall look on Peter, and Peter shall weep; and then he shall go out and say]

30 [The Death of Judas; The Trials Before Pilate and Herod]

p. 305, l. 10	Here Pylat syttyth in his skaffald, and þe massanger knelyth to hym, þus seyng:
l. 18	Here þe massanger comyth aȝen and bryngyth an ansuere, þus seyng:
p. 306, l. 24	Here enteryth Judas onto þe Juwys, þus seyng:
l. 32	Þan Judas castyth down þe mony, and goth and hangyth hymself.
l. 40	Here þei ledyn Jesu abowt þe place tyl þei come to þe halle.
p. 309, l. 120	Et clamabunt ‘Ȝa! Ȝa! Ȝa!’[And all cry ‘Yea, yea, yea’]
p. 310, l. 152	Here þei take Jesu and lede hym in gret hast to þe Herowde. And þe Herowdys scafald xal vnclose shewyng Herowdys in astat, all þe Jewys knelyng except Annas and Cayphas; þei xal stondyn, et cetera.
p. 312, l. 208	And here Jesus xal not speke no word to þe Herowde.
p. 313, l. 236	Here þei pulle of Jesus clothis and betyn hym with whyppys.
p. 314, l. 244	And quan þei han betyn hym tyl he is all blody, þan þe Herownd seyth:

31 [Satan and Pilate’s Wife; The Second Trial Before Pilate]

p. 314, l. 1	Here enteryth Satan into þe place in þe most orryble wyse. And qwyl þat he pleyth, þei xal don on Jesus clothis and ouyrest a whyte clothe, and ledyn hym abowth þe place, and þan to Pylat be þe tyme þat hese wyf hath pleyd.
p. 316, l. 37	Here xal a devyl spekyn in helle:
p. 317, l. 57	Here xal þe devyl gon to Pylatys wyf, þe corteyn drawyn as she lyth in bedde; and he xal no dene make, but she xal sone after þat he is come in makyn a rewly noyse, comyng and rennyng of þe schaffald, and here shert and here kyrtyl in here hand. And sche xal come beforn Pylat leke a mad woman, seyng þus:
l. 77	Here þe Jewys bryng Jesus aȝen to Pylat.
p. 318, l. 104	Here all þei xul cryen.
p. 319, l. 112	Populus clamabit: Crucifigatur, we sey atonys.[The people shall cry out: ‘Crucify him’, we say at once]
l. 117	Here Pylat takyth Jesu and ledyth hym into þe cowncel hous and seyth:
p. 320, l. 140	Here Pylat letyth Jesus alone and goth into þe Jewys and seyth:
l. 156	Hic vnus afferet aquam.[Here (some)one shall bring water]
p. 321, l. 160	Et clamabunt, ‘Ȝa! Ȝa! Ȝa! Þan Pylat goth aȝen to Jesu and bryng[yth] hym, þus seyng:[And they shall cry]
l. 170	Here þei xal brynge Barabas to þe barre, and Jesu, and ij þewys in here shertys, bareleggyd, and Jesus standyng at þe barre betwyx them. And Annas and Cayphas xal gon into þe cowncell hous quan Pylat sytty[th].
p. 322, l. 178	Et curret.[And he shall run]
p. 322, l. 186	Et clamabunt omnes voce magna, dicentes, ‘‘Ȝa! Ȝa! Ȝa!’[And they shall all cry with a loud voice saying: ‘Yes, yea, yea!’]
p. 323, l. 210	Here Pylat xal rysyn and gon to his schaffald, and þe busshoppys with hym; and þe Jewys xul crye for joy with a gret voys and arryn hym, and pullyn of his clothis, and byndyn hym to a pelere and skorgyn hym, on seyng þus:
l. 212	And quan he is skorgyd þei put upon hym a cloth of sylk, and settyn hym on a stol, and puttyn a kroune of þornys on hese hed with forkys; and þe Jewys knelyng to Cryst, takyng hym a septer, and skornyng hym; and þan þei xul pullyn of þe purpyl cloth and don on ageyn his owyn clothis, and leyn þe crosse in hese necke to beryn’t, and drawyn hym forth with ropys. And þan xal come to women wepyng and with here handys wryngyn, seying þus:

32 [The Procession to Calvary; The Crucifixion]

p. 324, l. 8	Here Jesus turnyth aȝen to þe women with his crosse, þus seyng:
p. 325, l. 20	Here Jesus turnyth fro þe women and goth forth; and þer þei metyn with Symonem in þe place, þe Jewys seyng to hym:
l. 40	Here Symon takyth þe cros of Jesus and beryth it forth.
p. 326, l. 44	And sche whypyth his face with here kerchy.
l. 48	Þan xul þei pulle Jesu out of his clothis and leyn them togedyr; and þer þei xul pullyn hym down and leyn hym along on þe cros, and aftyr þat naylyn hym þeron.
p. 327, l. 76	Here xule þei leve of and dawncyn abowte þe cros shortly.
l. 84	Here quan þei han set hym up, þei xuln gon before hyn seyng eche affter other þus:
p. 328, l. 88	Here xul poer comonys stand and loke upon þe Jewys iiij or v; and þe Jewys xul come to them and do them hange þe þevys.
l. 92	Here þe sympyl men xul settyn up þese ij crossys and hangyn up þe thevys be þe armys. And þerwhylys xal þe Jewys cast dyce for his clothis, and fytyn and stryvyn. And in þe menetyme xal oure Lady come with iij Maryes with here and Sen Johan with hem, settyng hem down asyde afore þe cros, oure Lady swuonyng and mornyng, and [be] leysere seyng:
l. 100	Here oure Lady xal swonge aȝen, and ore Lord xal seyn þus:
p. 331, l. 156	Her oure Lady xal ryse, and renne, and halse þe crosse.
l. 168	Here þei xal take oure Lady from þe crosse. And here xal Pylat come down from his shaffald with Cayphas and Annas and all here mené, and xul come and lokyn on Cryst. And Annas and Cayphas xul skornfully sey[n]:
l. 176	Here xal Pylat askyn penne and inke, and a tabyl xal be take hym wretyn afore ‘Hic est Jesus Nazarenus, Rex Judeorum’. And he xal make hym to wryte, and þan gon up on a leddere and settyn þe tabyl abovyn Crystys hed. And þan Cayphas xal makyn hym to redyn and seyn:
p. 332, l. 182	And so forth all þei xal gon aȝen to þe skaffald and Jesus xal cryen:
p. 335, l. 269	Hic quasi semi-[m]ortua cadat prona in terram. Et dicit Johannes:[Here, as if half-dead, let her fall down on the ground, and John says]
l. 285	Tunc transiet Maria ad templum cum Johanne, et cetera.[Then Mary shall cross to the temple with John, etc.]

33 [The Harrowing of Hell (Part 1)]

p. 336, l. 24

The sowle goth to helle gatys and seyth: ‘Attollite portas principes vestras, et eleuamini, porte eternales, et introibit Rex Glorie’.[‘Lift up your gates, O ye princes, and be ye lifted up, O eternal gates: and the King of Glory shall enter in’]

34 [The Burial; The Guarding of the Sepulchre]

p. 340, l. 68	Here come to knytys beforn Pylat atonys, þus seyng:
l. 80	The ij knygtys go with Joseph to Jesus, and stande and heldyn hym in þe face.
l. 88	Here þe knyth goth to blynde Longeys and seyth:
p. 341, l. 100	Here Longeys showyth þe spere warly; and þe blood comyth rennyng to his hand, and he auantorysly xal wype his eyn.
l. 108	Here he fallyth down on his knes.
l. 113	[Þan] Joseph doth set up þe lederys, and Nychodemus comyth to help hym.
p. 342, l. 121	Here Joseph and Nychodemus takyn Cryst of þe cros, on on o ledyr and þe tother on another leddyr. And quan [he] is had down, Joseph leyth hym in oure Ladys lappe, seyng þe knytys turnyng hem, and Joseph seyth:
l. 137	Here þei xal leyn Cryst in his grave.
p. 343, l. 157	Here þe princys xal do reuerens to oure Lady and gon here way, and leve þe Maryes at þe sepulcre. Cayphas goth to Pylat, seyng þus:
p. 345, l. 209	Here þe knytys gon out of þe place.
p. 346, l. 237	Tunc ibunt ad sepulcrum Pilatus, Cayphas, Annas, et omnes milites, et dicit [Annas]:[Then Pilate, Caiaphas, and Annas and all the knights shall go to the sepulchre, and Annas says]
p. 347, l. 269	Pylat, Annas, and Cayphas go to þer skaffaldys, and þe knyghtys sey[n]:

35 [The Harrowing of Hell (Part II); Christ’s Appearance to Mary; Pilate and the Soldiers]

p. 349, l. 1	Tunc dormyent milites, et ueniet Anima Christi de inferno cum Adam et Eua, Abraham, Johan Baptist, et aliis.[Then the knights shall sleep, and Anima Christi [the Soul of Christ] shall come from Hellmouth with Adam and Eve, Abraham, John the Baptist, and others]
p. 352, l. 72	Tunc transiet Anima Christi ad resuscitandum corpus, quo resuscitato dicat Jesus:[Then Anima Christi shall cross for the raising of the Body, which having arisen, let Jesus say]
p. 354, l. 136	Tunc evigilabunt milites sepulcri, et dicit Primus Miles:[Then the soldiers of the sepulchre shall awake, and the first says]
p. 358, l. 260	Hic faciant Pilatus, Cayphas, et Annas priuatim inter se consilium, quo finito dicat [Annas]:[Here let Pilate, Caiaphas and Annas make a private council among themselves, which having finished, let Annas say]

36 [The Announcement to the Three Marys; Peter and John at the Sepulchre]

p. 359, l. 1	Hic uenient ad sepulcrum Maria Magdalene, Maria Jacobi, et Maria Salomé, et dicit Maria Magdalene:[Here Mary Magdalen, Mary Jacobi, and Mary Salome shall come to the sepulchre, and Mary Magdalen says]
p. 360, l. 38	Tunc respicit Maria Magdalene in sepulcro, dicens:[Then Mary Magdalen looks in the sepulchre, saying]
p. 362, l. 94	Maria Magdalene dicit Petro et ceteris apostolis:[Mary Magdalen says to Peter and other apostles]
p. 364, l. 126	Hic currunt Johannes et Petrus simul ad sepulcrum, et Johannes prius venit ad monumentum, sed non intrat.[Here John and Peter run together to the sepulchre, and John comes first to the monument but does not enter]
l. 130	Petrus intrat monumentum, et dicit Petrus:[Then Peter enters into the monument, and Peter says]
l. 134	Hic intrat Johannes monumentum dicens:[Here John enters the monument, saying]
l. 146	Hic Petrus loquitur omnibus apostolis simul collectis:[Here Peter speaks to all the apostles together at once]

37 [The Appearance to Mary Magdalene]

p. 365, l. 1	Maria Magdalen goth to þe graue and wepyth, and seyth:
p. 366, l. 16	Hic parum deambulet a sepulcro, dicens:[Here let her walk a few steps away from the sepulchre saying]
p. 369, l. 101	Explicit Apparicio Marie Magdale[n][Here ends the Appearance to Mary Magdalene]

38 [Cleophas and Luke; The Appearance to Thomas]

p. 369, l. 1	Hic incipit Aparicio Cleophe et Luce.[Here begins the appearance to Cleophas and Luke]
p. 376, l. 216	Hic subito discedat Christus ab oculis eorum.[Here suddenly let Christ disappear from before their eyes]

39 [The Ascension; The Selection of Matthias]

p. 382, l. 1	Hic incipit Ascencio Domini nostri, cum Maria, et vndecim discipulis, et duobus angelis sedentibus in albis; et Jesus dicit discipulis suis et cetera:[Here begins the Ascension of our Lord, with Mary, and eleven disciples, and two angels seated in albs /dressed in white, seated; and Jesus says to his disciples etc.]
p. 383, l. 47	Hic ascendit ab oculis eorum, et in celo cantent et cetera.[Here he ascends before their eyes, and in heaven let there be singing etc.]
p. 384, l. 82	Hic statuent duos, Joseph Justum et Mathiam, et cetera.[Here shall stand forth two, Joseph Justus and Matheus etc.]
p. 385, l. 90	Hic dabunt sortes, et cadet super Mathiam, et cetera.[Here they shall cast lots, and it shall fall to Matheus, etc.]

40 [Pentecost]

p. 385, l. 1	Modo de die Pentecostes. Apostoli dica[n]t genuflectentes; Spiritus Sanctus descendat super eos, et cetera.[Form of [Now concerning] the day for Pentecost. The Apostles as they genuflect are to speak; the Holy Spirit is to descend over them etc.]
p. 386, l. 13	Et omnes osculant terram.[And they all kiss the ground]

41 [The Assumption of Mary]

p. 387, l. 1	Ad mea facta pater assit assistit Deus et sua mater.[For my deeds God the Father and his mother are present]
p. 390, l. 93	Hic est Maria in templo orans et dicens:[Here Mary is praying in the temple and saying]
p. 391, l. 116	Hic discendet angelus ludentibus citharis, et dicet Marie:[Here the angel shall descend to the sound of harps being played, and he shall say to Mary]
p. 393, l. 165	Hic ascendit angelus.[Here the angel ascends]
p. 394, l. 187	Hic subito apparet Sanctus Johannes Euangelista ante portam Marie.[Here St John the Evangelist suddenly appears before the door of Mary]
p. 395, l. 195	Hic pulsabit super portam intrante domum Marie, sibi dicente:[Here he shall knock on the entrance door to Mary’s house, saying to her]
p. 396, l. 233	Hic subito omnes apostoli congregentur ante port[a]m mira[n]tes.[Here suddenly all the apostles are gathered before the door astonished]
p. 399, l. 302	Hic erit decenter ornatus [ornata] in lecto.[Here she will be suitably apparelled upon the bed]
p. 400, l. 311	Hic dissendet Dominus cum omni celest[i] curia et dicet:[Here the Lord will descend with the entire celestial host and He shall say]
l. 329	Hic exiet anima Marie de corpore in sinu[m] Dei.[Here the soul of Mary will depart from her body and enter/into the bosom of God]
p. 401, l. 347	Hic cantabit omnis celestis curia.[Here the whole heavenly host will sing]
p. 402, l. 355	Et osculabunt corpus Marie.[And they shall kiss the body of Mary]
l. 368	Hic portabunt corpus versus sepulturam cum eorum luminibus.[Here they will carry the body towards the grave with their lights]
l. 370	Hic angeli dulciter cantabunt in celo, ‘Alleluia!’[Now the angels quietly shall sing in heaven Alleluia]
p. 404, l. 409	Hic discendunt principes cum suis ministris vt feroci percucientes petras cum eorum capitibus.[Here the princes descend with their ministers like raging men hitting their heads against stone walls]
l. 422	Hic saltat insanus a[d] feretrum Marie et pendet per manus.[Here a frantic man jumps at the bier of Mary and hangs from it with his hand]
p. 405, l. 448	Hic portabunt feretrum ad locum sepulture.[Here they shall carry the bier to the place of burial]
l. 452	Hic ponent corpus in sepulcrum insensantes et cantantes.[Here they place the body in the sepulchre, censing and singing]
p. 406, l. 455	Hic vnanimiter benedicent corpus in nomine Patris, et Filii, et Spiritus Sancti.[Here they shall bless the body together ‘In nomine patris et filii et spiritus sancti’]
l. 463	Hic vadit princeps ad Judeos cum palma.[Here the prince goes to his fellows with a palm]
l. 469	Hic tangat credentes cum palma et sanati sunt.[Here let him touch the believers with the palm branch and they are healed]
p. 407, l. 495	Hic discendit et venit ad apostolos dicens:[Here he descends and comes to the disciples saying]
p. 408, l. 508	Hic vadit anima (animus) in corpus Marie:[Now the soul goes into the body of Mary]
p. 409, l. 521	Et hic assendent in celum cantantibus organis.[And now they will ascend into heaven singing with organs]

42 [Judgement Day]

p. 409, l. 1	Hic incipit Dies Judicii, et Jesu descendente cum Michaele et Gabriele Archangelis; et Michael dicit et cetera:[Here begins the Last/Day of Judgement and Jesus descends with Michael and Gabriel the archangels and Michael says]
p. 410, l. 26	Omnes resurgentes subtus terram clamau[erunt] [clamauereunt/clamauerint], ‘Haa, haa, haa!’ Deinde surgentes dica[n]t, ‘Haa’, et cetera.[All those rising under the earth cried/ are to have cried Ahh … then as they rise they are to say Ahh …]
l. 30	Omnes demones clamant:[All the devils cry]
l. 35	Omnes anime resurgentes dicant et cetera:[All the rising souls are to say]

Nature

Henry Medwall

MANUSCRIPT SOURCES:

Cambridge University Library Syn. 4.53.11

British Library C.34.e.31

FACSIMILES:

Henry Medwall, Nature, Tudor Facsimile Texts, ed. by John S. Farmer (London: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1908), sigs. a.i^r–i.iiii^r

MODERN SOURCE:

The Plays of Henry Medwall, ed. by Alan H. Nelson (Cambridge, Totowa, NJ: D. S. Brewer and Rowman & Littlefield, 1980), pp. 91–161

[The text used here is from the facsimile, 1908]

sig. a.i^v	Fyrst cometh in Mundus and syttyth down [&] sayth nothynge and wyth hym Worldly affeccyon berynge a gown and cap and a gyrdyll for Man.Than cometh in Nature/Man/Reason/and Innocencye/ and Nature syttyth down and sayth:
sig. a.iiii^r	Then Nature goeth out.
sig. b.iii^v	Loquitur ad ho.[minem].[He speaks to Man]
sig. c.i^r	Here innocencye goeth out.
sig. c.ii^r	Then he goeth out.
sig. c.iii^v	Then Pryde speketh to Sensua. /in /hys ere that all may here:
sig. c.iiii^v	He goeth forth.
sig. d.ii^r	Here cometh in worldly affec. & Sensua.
d.ii^r	Here Man and Sensualyte go out.
sig. e.i^r	He goeth out and Reason cometh in.
sig. e.i^v	Man cometh in.
sig. e.ii^r	He goeth out.
sig. e.ii^v	Thus endeth the fyrst parte.
sig. e.iii^r	The second partReason and Man come in.
sig. e. iii^v	Then he goeth out & Sensua. cometh in.
e.iii^v	Then he wepyth
sig. f.i^r	Then cometh in bodyly lust wyth hym w.aff.
sig. f.i^v	Then goeth he out
sig. f.ii^v	Then they thre go out & Pryde cometh in.
sig. f.iii^v	Then he goeth out.
sig. f.iiii^r	Then cometh in man and worldly aff.
sig. g.i^r	Then he goeth out.
g.i^r	Then Man and Pryde goeth out.
sig. g.ii^v	Then he goeth out
sig. g.iii^v	Then goeth out bodyly lust
sig. g.iiii^r	Then cometh in Glotony wyth a chese & a botell.
sig. h.i^r	Than goeth out Man Glotony & Wrath.
sig. h.iii^r	Than they go forth & Reason & Man com in.
sig. h.iiii^r	Then he goeth out & Mekenes cometh in.
sig. i.i^r	Than he goeth out.
sig. i.i^v	Then he goeth out.
sig. i.ii^r	Then he goeth out.
sig. i.ii^r	Then he goeth out.
sig. i.iii^r	Then Lyberalyte goeth out & abstynence and Chastyte com in.
sig. i.iii^v	Than they go out & Reason comyth in.
sig. i.iiii^r	Then they syng some goodly ballet.

The Nature of the Four Elements

John Rastell?

MANUSCRIPT/FIRST PRINTED SOURCE:

British Library General Reference Collection C.39.b.17 (formerly 643.b.45)

STC 20722

A new iuterlude and a mery of the nature of the .iiij. elements declarynge many proper poyntes of phylosophy naturall and of dyuers straunge landys and of dyuers straunge effectes & causis (London: John Rastell?, [1530?])

FACSIMILE:

John Rastell?, The Nature of the Four Elements, Tudor Facsimile Texts, ed. by John S. Farmer (London, Edinburgh: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1908)

MODERN SOURCE:

Three Rastell Plays: Four Elements, Calisto and Melebea, Gentleness and Nobility, ed. by Richard Axton (Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, 1979)

[The text used here is from the facsimile, 1908]

sig. A.i^r–A.1^v	A new interlude and a mery of the nature of the .iiij. elementes declarynge many proper poyntes of phylosophy naturall/ and of dyuers straunge landys and of dyuers straunge effectes & causis/ whiche interlude yf y^e hole matter be playdt wyl conteyne the space of an hour and a halfe/ but yf ye lyst ye may leue out muche of the sad mater as the messengers parte/ and some of naturys parte and some of experyens parte & yet the matter wyl depend conuenyently/ and than it wyll not be paste thre quarters of an hour of length.Here folow the names of the pleyers.The messengere/ Nature naturate/ Humanyte Studyous desire/ Sensuall appetyte/ The tauerner/ Experyence/ yngnoraunce/ Also yf ye lyst ye may brynge in a dysgysynge.Here folow dyuers matters whiche be in this interlude conteynyd.Of the sytuacyon of the .iiij. elementes that is to sey the yerth the water the ayre and fyre/ & of theyr qualytese and propertese/ and of the generacyon & corrupcyon of thynges made of y^e commyxion of themOf certeyn conclusions pruynge y^t the yerth must nedes be rounde & y^t it hengyth in y^e myddes of the fyrmament/ & y^t is in circumference aboue .xxi. M. myleOf certeyn conclusions prouynge that the see lyeth rounde vppon the yerth.Of certeyne poyntes of cosmography/ as how & where y^e see coueryth y^e yerth/& of dyuers straunge regyons & landys and whiche wey they lye/ and of the new founde landys and y^e maner of y^e people.Of the generacyon and cause of stone & metall and of plantis and herbys.Of the generacyon and cause of well sprynges & ryuers/ and of the cause of hote fumys that come out of y^e yerth/ and of y^e cause of the bathys of water in the yerth whiche be perpetually hoteOf the cause of the ebbe and flode of the seeOf the cause of rayne snowe and hayleOf the cause of the wyndys and thonderOf the cause of the lyghtnynge of blasyng sterrys and flamys fleynge in the ayre
sig. A.iiij^v	Hic intrat natura naturata Humanyte & Studyous desire portans figuram[Here enter Nature, Humanity and Studious Desire carrying a model]
sig. B.vii^v	Intrat Exp[er]ie[n]s. & Stu[dyous desire].[Enter Experience and Studious Desire]
sig. C.iiij^r	Et subito studyouse desire dicat:[And suddenly Studious Desire should say]
sig. C.v^v	Exeat Tauerner.[Let the Taverner go out]
sig.E.iiij^v	Then the daunsers with out the hall syng this wyse and they with in answer or ellys they may say it for nede.
[no pag.]	Than he syngyth this song & dauncyth with all And euermore maketh countenaunce accordyng To the mater & ally^e other annswer lyke wyle
[no pag.]	Et exeunt cantando &c.[And they (Sensual Appetite and dancers) go out singing]

The Newcastle Play

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Manuscript lost.

FACSIMILE:

None.

MODERN SOURCES:

Henry Bourne, The History of Newcastle upon Tyne; or, The Ancient and Present State of that Town (Newcastle upon Tyne: J. White, 1736), pp. 139–41

John Brand, The History and Antiquities of the Town and County of Newcastle upon Tyne, 2 vols (London: B. White & T. & I. Egerton, 1789), II, pp. 373–79

Thomas Sharp, A Dissertation on the Pageants or Dramatic Mysteries Anciently performed at Coventry (Coventry: Merridew, 1825), pp. 223–25

The Non-Cycle Mystery Plays, together with the Croxton Play of The Sacrament and the Pride of Life, ed. by Osborn Waterhouse, Early English Text Society ES 104 (London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner, 1909), pp. 19–25

Non-Cycle Plays and Fragments, ed. by Norman Davis, Early English Text Society SS1 (London: Oxford University Press, 1970), pp. 19–31

[The text used here is from Davis, 1970]

A. Bourne’s Text

p. 19, l. 1	Deus incipitur.[God begins (lit.’is begun’)]
p. 20, l. 38	Angelus dicat.[The Angel is to say]
l. 41	Noah respondit.[Noah replies]
l. 44	Angelus dicat.[The Angel is to say]
p. 21, l. 74	Noah respondit.[Noah replies]
l. 94	Deabolus intrat.[The Devil enters]
p. 22, l. 113	Uxor Noah dicat.[The wife of Noah is to say]
l. 115	Deabolus dicat.[The Devil is to say]
l. 121	Uxor dicat.[The wife is to say]
l. 122	Deabolus dicat.[The Devil is to say]
p. 23, l. 139	Noah dicat.[Noah is to say]
l. 148	Uxor dicat.[The wife is to say]
l. 155	Noah dicat.[Noah is to say]
l. 159	Uxor dicat.[The wife is to say]
l. 161	Noah dicat.[Noah is to say]
p. 24, l. 170	Uxor dicat.[The wife is to say]
l. 177	Noah dicat.[Noah is to say]
l. 181	Uxor dicat.[The wife is to say]
l. 185	Noah dicat.[Noah is to say]
l. 191	Angelus dicat.[The Angel is to say]
p. 25, l. 195	Noah dicat.[Noah is to say]
l. 201	Deablous dicat.[The Devil is to say]

Nice Wanton

MANUSCRIPT/FIRST PRINTED SOURCE:

British Library C.12.e. 20

STC 25016

FACSIMILES:

Nice Wanton: An Unrecorded Edition (1906), ed. by John S. Farmer (London, Edinburgh: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1908) (Allde edition)

Nice Wanton, ed. by John S. Farmer, The Tudor Facsimile Texts (London, Edinburgh: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1909) (King edition)

MODERN SOURCES:

English Moral Interludes, ed. by Glynne Wickham (London: Dent, 1976), pp. 143–62

Nice Wanton, ed. by David Parry and Kathy Pearl, A PLS Performance Text (Toronto: Poculi Ludique Societas, 1978)

The Tudor Interludes: Nice Wanton and Impatient Poverty, ed. by Leonard Tennenhouse (New York: Garland, 1984)

[The text used here is from the facsimile, 1909]

sig. Aii^r	Barnabus commeth.
A.ii^r	Ismael and Dalila cometh syng.[yng]
sig. A.ii^v	They caste awaye their bookes.
sig. A.iii^v	Iniquitie, Ismael, and Dalila, come in together.
A.iii^v	Here he speaketh.
sig. A.iiii^r	He casteth dice on the bord.
sig. A.iiii^v	He kiseth her.
A.iiii^v	Iniquitie and Dalila singe.
A.iiii^v	They set him.
sig.B.i,^r	Ismael casteth.
B.i,^r	she casteth, & they set.
B.i,^r	He loseth.
B.i,^r	He goeth out.
B.i,^r	They tell it.
sig.B.i,^v	he geueth her a box.
B.i,^v	she goeth out.
B.1^v	he goeth out.
B.i,^v	Dalila commeth in ragged, her face hid or disfigured haltinge on a staffe.
sig. B.iii^r	Thei goeThe juge Iniquitie bayly errand come in, the judge sitteth down.[The Judge, Iniquity (as) Baily Errand come in, the Judge sits down]
B.iii^r	He telleth hym in hys eare the [that] all may heare.
B.iii^r	Daniel the judge Iniquittye goeth oute y^e judge speketh styll.
B.iii^r	They bring Ismael in bound lyke a prysoner.
sig. B.iii^v	one of them speketh for y^e quest.
B.iii^v	[one speketh] for the quest.
sig. B.iiii^r	They take him in a halter. he fighteth w^t them.
B.iiii^r	they lead them out.
sig. C.i^r	She wold stick her self a with a knife.
sig. C.ii^r	She knele downe.
C.ii^r	He maketh curtesy and goeth out.

The Norwich Grocers’ Play

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Manuscript lost

FACSIMILE:

None

MODERN SOURCES:

Robert Fitch, ‘Norwich Pageants. The Grocers’ Play’, in Norfolk Archaeology: or Miscellaneous Tracts Relating to the County of Norfolk, Norfolk and Norwich Archæological Society (Norwich: Cundali, Miller & Leavins, 1859), pp. 8–31

Specimens of the Pre-Shaksperean Drama, ed. by John Matthews Manly, 2 vols (Boston, New York, Chicago, London, Atlanta, Dallas, Columbus, San Francisco: Ginn, 1897), pp. 1–12

The Non-Cycle Mystery Plays, ed. by Osborn Waterhouse, The Early English Text Society ES 104 (London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner, 1909), pp. 8–18

Non-Cycle Plays and Fragments, ed. by Norman Davis, The Early English Text Society SS 1 (London: Oxford University Press, 1970), pp. 8–18

[The text used here is from Davis, 1970]

[Text A]

p. 10, l. 80	Aftyr that Adam and Eve be drevyn owt of Paradyse they schall speke thys foloyng:
p. 11, l. 88	And so thei xall syng, walkyng together about the place, wryngyng [mournful] ther handes.

[Text B]

p. 11, l. 1

Item. Yt ys to be notyd that when the Grocers Pageant is played withowte eny other goenge befor yt then doth the Prolocutor say in this wise:

B¹ [First Prologue]

p. 12, l. 28

Note that yf ther goeth eny other pageantes before yt, the Prolocutor sayeth as ys on the other syde and leaveth owte this.

B². [Alternative Prologue]

B³ [Creation and Fall]

p. 13, l. 23	Then Man and Woman speke bothe:
l. 24	Man spekethe:
p. 14, l. 35	The Serpent speketh:
p. 15, l. 58	Here she takyth and eatyth, and Man cumyth in and sayethe unto hyr:
l. 64	Then Man taketh and eatyth and sayethe:
p. 16, l. 103	Then Man and Woman departyth to the nether parte of the pageant and Man sayeth:
l. 110	Then cumeth Dolor and Myserye and taketh Man by both armys and Dolor sayeth:
p. 17, l. 122	Then cumyth in the Holy Ghost comforting Man and sayeth:
p. 18, l. 153	[Old Musick Triplex, Tenor, Medius, Bass]

The Play of the Sacrament

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Trinity College, Dublin, F.4.20, Catalogue no. 652, ff.338^r–356^r

FACSIMILE:

Non-Cycle Plays and The Winchester Dialogues Facsimiles of Plays and Fragments in Various Manuscripts and the Dialogues in Winchester College MS 33, intro and transcript by Norman Davis, Leeds Texts and Monographs, Medieval Drama Facsimiles V (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1979)

MODERN SOURCE:

Non-Cycle Plays and Fragments, ed. by Norman Davis, Early English Text Society SS1 (London: Oxford University Press, 1970)

Medieval Drama: An Anthology, ed. by Greg Walker (Oxford: Blackwell, 2000), pp. 213–33

[The text used here is from Davis, 1970]

p. 60, l. 80	Here after foloweth þe Play of þe Conuersyon of Ser Jonathas þe Jewe by Myracle of þe Blyssed Sacrament.
p. 62, l. 148	Now shall þe merchantys man withdrawe hym and þe Jewe Jonathas shall make hys bost.
p. 65, l. 228	Her shall Ser Ysodyr þe prest speke ont[o] Ser Arystori, seyng on thys wyse to hym; and Jonatas goo don of his stage:
l. 236	Her shall the marchant men mete with þe Jewes.
p. 66, l. 248	Her shall þe clerk goon to Ser Aristori, saluting him thus:
l. 265	Here shall þe Jewe merchaunt and his men come to þe Cristen merchaunte.
p. 68, l. 335	Here goeth þe Jewys away and þe preste commyth home.
p. 69, l. 355	Here shall Aristorius call hys clarke to hys presens.
l. 367	Here shall he enter þe chyrche and take þe Hoost.
p. 70, l. 384	Here shall Arystory goo hys waye and Jonathas and hys seruauntys shall goo to þe tabyll þus sayng:
l. 392	Now þe Jewys goon and lay the Ost on þe tabyll, sayng:
p. 72, l. 468	Here shall þe iiij Jewys pryk þer daggerys in iiij quarters, þus sayng:
p. 73, l. 480	Here þe Ost must blede.
l. 503	Her he renneth wood, with þe Ost in hys hond.
p. 74, l. 515	Heres hall [Here shall] they pluke þe arme, and þe hond shall hang styll with þe Sacrament.
l. 524	Here shall þe lechys man come into þe place sayng:
p. 75, l. 564	Here shall he stond vp and make proclamacion, seyng thys:
p. 77, l. 607	Hic interim proclamacionem faciet.[Here he should make a proclamation in the meanwhile]
p. 78, l. 652	Here shall þe iiij Jewys bett away þe leche and hys man.
l. 660	Here shall Jason pluck owt the naylys and shake þe hond into þe cawdron.
p. 79, l. 672	Here shall þe cawdron byle, apperyng to be as blood.
l. 676	Here shall Jason and hys compeny goo to Ser Jonathas sayng:
l. 695	Here þei kyndyll þe fyre.
p. 80, l. 700	Here shall Jason goo to þe cawdron and take owt the Ost with hys pynsonys and cast yt into the ovyn.
l. 712	Here the owyn must ryve asunder and blede owt at þe cranys, and an image appere owt with woundys bledyng.
l. 716	Here shall þe image speke to the Juys sayng thus:
p. 81, l. 745	Here shall they knele down all on ther kneys, sayng:
p. 82, l. 777	Here shall Ser Jonathas put hys hand into þe cawdron, and yt shalbe hole agayn; and then say as fo[l]wyth:
p. 83, l. 797	Here shall þe master Jew goo to þe byshopp and hys men knele styll.
l. 813	Here shall þe bysshope entere into þe Jewys howse and say:
l. 825	Here shall þe im[a]ge change agayn into brede.
p. 84, l. 841	Here shall þe pryst, Ser Isoder, aske hys master what þis menyth.
p. 85, l. 865	Here shall þe merchant and hys prest go to þe chyrche and þe bysshop shall entre þe chyrche and lay þe Ost on þe auter, sayng thus:
p. 87, l. 930	Here þe ⌜Juys⌝ must knele al down.
l. 951	Here shall þe bysshoppe crysten þe Jewys with gret solempnyté.
p. 89, l. 1007	Thus enyth the Play of the Blyssyd Sacrament, whyche myracle was don in the forest of Aragon, in the famous cité Eraclea, the yere of owr Lord God Mcccc.lxi, to whom ⌜be⌝ honowr, Amen.
The namys and numbere of the players:
Jh[es]us	Jason, Judeus ij^us
Episcopus	Jasdon, Judeus iij^us
Aristorius, Christianus mercator	Masphat, Judeus iiij^us
[Isoder, presbiter]	Malchus, Judeus v^tus
Clericus	Magister phisicus
Jonathas, Judeusj^mus Magister	Coll, seruus
IX may play yt at ease.R. C.

The Play of the Weather

John Heywood

MANUSCRIPT/ FIRST PRINTED SOURCES:

St John’s College, Oxford (w. Rastell 1533) STC 13305

Magdalene College, Cambridge (w. Rastell 1533) STC 13305

British Library C. 34. i. 23 (Iohn Awdeley 1573) STC 13307

FACSIMILES:

John Heywood, The Play of the Weather, ed. by John S. Farmer, The Tudor Facsimile Texts (London, Edinburgh: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1908)

John Heywood, The Play of the Weather, ed. by John S. Farmer, The Tudor Facsimile Texts (London, Edinburgh: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1909)

[The text used here is from the Awdeley 1573 edition. For relevant MODERN SOURCES see the Rastell edition of 1533]

sig. A.iii^v	Here entreth Mery reporte.
sig. B.i.^r	Mery reporte goeth out.At the end of the stafe the god hath a songe played in his trone [bef]orMery reporte come in.Mery reporte commeth in.
sig. B.i.^v	Here the Gentleman before he commeth in bloweth his horne.
sig. B.ii.^v	Here he poynteth to the woman.
sig. B.iv^r	Here entreth the Marchaunt.
sig. C.i^r	Exeat Marchaunt.Here entreth the ranger.
sig. C.ii.^r	Here entreth the Water myller, and the Ranger goeth out.
sig. C.iii.^r	Here entreth the Wind miller.
sig. C.iii^v	Here Mery report goeth out.
sig. D.ii^v	Here entreth Mery report.
sig. D.iii^r	Both myllers goeth foorth.
sig. D.iii^v	The gentlewoman entreth.
sig. E.i^r	Here they syng.
sig. E.i^v	Here the Launder commeth in.
sig. E.iii^r	Here the Gentlewoman goeth forth.
sig. E.iii^v	The boy commeth in the least that can playe.
sig.E.iiii^v	The boye goeth foorth.
sig. F.ii.^r	Mery report goeth out.Mery report and all the suters entreth.

The Play of the Weather

John Heywood

MANUSCRIPT/ FIRST PRINTED SOURCES:

St John’s College, Oxford (w. Rastell 1533) STC 13305

Magdalene College, Cambridge (w. Rastell 1533) STC 13305

British Library C. 34. i. 23 (Iohn Awdeley 1573) STC 13307

FACSIMILES:

John Heywood, The Play of the Weather, ed. John S. Farmer, The Tudor Facsimile Texts (London, Edinburgh: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1908)

John Heywood, The Play of the Weather, ed. John S. Farmer, The Tudor Facsimile Texts (London, Edinburgh: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1909)

MODERN SOURCES:

Chief Pre-Shakespearean Dramas, ed. by Joseph Quincy Adams (Boston, New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1924)

Tudor Interludes, ed. by Peter Happé (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1972)

The Play of the Weather, ed. by T. N. S. Lennam, The Malone Society Reprints (Oxford: Malone Society, 1971 [1977])

The Plays of John Heywood, ed. by Richard Axton and Peter Happé, Tudor Interludes 6 (Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, 1991)

Medieval Drama: An Anthology, ed. by Greg Walker (Oxford: Blackwell, 2000)

A Critical Edition of the Play of the Wether, ed. by Vicki Knudsen Robinson (New York: Garland, 1987; repr. London: Routledge, 2020)

[The text used here is from the Rastell 1533 facsimile edition of 1909]

sig. A.iii^r	Here entreth Mery reporte.
sig. A.iv^r	Mery report goth outAt thende of this staf the god hath a song played in his trone [bef]or Merye report come in.
sig. A.iv^v	Mery report cometh in.Here the gentylman before he cometh in bloweth his horne.
sig. B.i^r	Here he poynteth to the women [‘woman’ in Awdeley]
sig. B.ii^r	Entreth the marchaunt.
sig. B.iii^r	Exeat marchaunt[Let the merchant go out]
sig. B.iii^r	Here entreth the Ranger.
sig. B. iii^v	Here entreth the water myller and the Ranger goth out.
sig. B.iv^v	Entreth the wynd myller
sig. C.i^r	Here Mery reporte goth out.
sig. C.iii^r	Entreth Mery reporte.
sig. C.iii^v	Both myllers goth forthThe gentylwoman entreth
sig. D.i^r	Here they syngeHere the launder cometh in.
sig. D.ii^r	Here the gentylwoman goth forth.
sig. D.ii^v	The boy comyth in, the lest that can play.
sig. D.iii^v	The boye goeth forth.
sig. D.iiii^v	Mery report goth outMery reporte and all the sewters entreth

The Pride of Life

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Part of Roll 235 formerly kept in the Christ Church Collection, Public Record Office, Dublin and destroyed by fire in 1922

FACSIMILE:

Non-Cycle Plays and The Winchester Dialogues: Facsimiles of Plays and Fragments in Various Manuscripts and the Dialogues in Winchester College MS 33, intro and transcript by Norman Davis, Leeds Texts and Monographs, Medieval Drama Facsimiles V (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1979)

MODERN SOURCE:

Non-Cycle Plays and Fragments, ed. by Norman Davis, Early English Text Society SS1 (London: Oxford University Press, 1970)

Tudor Interludes, ed. by Peter Happé (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1972)

[The text used here is from Davis, 1970]

p. 99, l. 306	Et tunc clauso tentorio dicet Regina secrete nuncio:[And then, with the tent/booth closed, the Queen will say secretly to the Messenger]
p. 100, l. 322	Et cantat.[And he sings]
p. 102, l. 390	Tunc dicet regi:[Then he shall say to the king]
p. 104, l. 450	Hic adde [addet][Here he shall add]
l. 470	Et eat pla[And he is to go from the place]

Terens in englysh [Andria]

MANUSCRIPT/FIRST PRINTED SOURCE:

London: British Library C.34.e.33

STC 23894

The translacyon out of latin into englysh of the furst comedy of tyrens callyd Andria (London; Paris: J. Rastell, P. le Noir?, 1520?)

MODERN SOURCE:

Terence in English: That Girl Fom Andros, ed. by Meg Twycross, Medieval English Theatre Modern-Spelling Texts, No. 6, (1987)

[The text used here is from British Library C.34.e.33]

sig. A.vi^r	Here. Simo & Dauus speke ich of them to him self a while.
sig. A.vii^r	Here dauus spekyth all to hym self.
sig. A.vii^v	Here misis spekith to Archillis being wythin the hous.
A.vii^v	Here pamphylus & misis speke ich of them to them self awhile.
sig. B.ii^r	Here dauus spekith to hym self a whyle
sig. B.iiii^r	Here simo spekyth to hym self.
B.iiii^r	Here Biria standith in a corner & spekith to him self.
sig. B.v^r	Here Symo standyth in a corner & spekyth to hym self
sig. B.v^v	Here Lesbia spekyth to archillis being within the house.
sig. C.ii^r	Here dauus standyth in a corner being aferd.
sig. C.ii^v	Here pamphilus & dauus stande in a corner a while.
sig. C.iiii^r	Here misis spekth to glycery being wythin the house.
sig. C.v^r	Here misis spekith to her self a while
sig. C.v^v	Here chremes standyth styll & heryth misis & dauus talk togedyr.
sig. D.i^v	Here dauus spekith a.while to him self
sig. D.iii^r	Here Crito spekith to pamyphilus a while.
sig. D.iiiiv	Here spekith charinus & pamphilus ech to himself a while.

Thersytes

MANUSCRIPT/FIRST PRINTED SOURCES:

Huntington Library, San Marino, California. Call number 69630.

STC 23949

FACSIMILE:

Thersytes, ed. by John Stephen Farmer, Old English Drama, Students’ Facsimile Edition, Tudor Facsimile Texts (London: no pub., 1912)

MODERN EDITION:

Three Tudor Classical Interludes: Thersites Jacke Jugeler Horestes, ed. by Marie Axton (Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, 1982)

[The text used here is from the facsimile, 1912]

sig. A.i.^v	Thersites commeth in fyrste hauinge a clubbe vppon his neckeMulciber must haue a shop made in the place and Thersites commethe before it sayinge a loude
sig. A.ii.^r	And then he must do as he wolde go awaye
sig. A.iii.^r	And then he goeth in to his shop, and maketh a sallet for hym at the laste he sayth:Then Mulciber goeth into his shop, vntyll he is called agayne.
sig. A.iii.^v	Then he goeth in to his shoppe againe
sig. B.i.^v	Mulciber goeth in to hys shoppe againe, and Thersites saith foorth:
sig. B.ii.^r	The mater commeth in.
sig. B.iiii.^r	Then the mother goeth in the place which is prepareth for her.Here a snaile muste appere vnto him, and hee muste loke fearefully vppon the snaile saienge:
sig. B. iiii.^v	here Miles cometh in.
sig. C.i.^r	Then he must fyghte against the snayle with his clubAnd he must cast his club awaye.
sig. C.i.^v	Here he must fighte then with his sworde against the snayle, and the snayle draweth her hornes in.And he begynth to fight with him, but Thersites must ren awaye, and hyde hym behynde hys mothers backe sayinge:
sig. C.ii^v	Then he goeth oute, and the mother saith:Then he loketh aboute if he be gone or not, at the last he sayth:Then cometh in Telemachus bringinge a letter from his father Ulisses, and Thersites saieth:
sig. C. iii^r	Here he must delyuer hym the letter
sig. C.iiii.^r	Then Thersytes goeth to his mother sayinge:
sig. C.iiii^v	Then he must take hyr by the armes, and crieth oute as foloweth:
sig. D.ii^r	Then he must lay hym down with his bely vpward and shee muste blesse hym frome aboue too beneath sayinge a foloweth:
sig. D.iii^v	The mother goeth out, and Thersites sayeth forth:
sig. E.i^r	Then Miles cometh in sayinge:And then he muste stryke at hym, and Thersytes muste runne awaye and leaue his clubbe & sworde behynde.

A Comedy concernynge thre lawes, of Nature, Moses, and Christ, corrupted by the Sodomytes, Pharisees & papystes most wycked.

John Bale

MANUSCRIPT/FIRST PRINTED SOURCE:

British Library C.34.a.12

STC 1287

FACSIMILE:

A Comedy concernynge thre lawes, of Nature, Moses, and Christ, corrupted by the Sodomytes, Pharisees, & papystes, ed. by John S. Farmer, The Tudor Facsimile Texts (London: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1908)

MODERN SOURCES:

The Complete Plays of John Bale, ed. by Peter Happé, 2 vols (Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, 1986), II, pp. 64–124

Medieval Drama: An Anthology, ed. by Greg Walker (Oxford: Blackwell, 2000), pp. 492–533

[The text here is from the facsimile, 1908]

sig. A iiij^r	Hic pro suo signo cor miuistrat [ministrat][Here he shows him a heart for his sign]
sig. A iiij^v	Hic pro signo lapideas dat ei tabulas.[Here he is to give him stone tables for a sign]
sig. A v^r	Hic pro signo dat ei nouum testamentum[Here he is to give him the New Testament for a sign]
sig. B ii^v	Sodomismus Monachus[Sodomy (dressed as) a monk]Intrant simul [Sodomismus and Idololatria][Both enter/they enter together]
sig. B iij^r	Idololatria Necromantic[Idolatry (dressed as) a Necromantic]
sig. C i^r	Post cantionem, Infidelitas alta uoce dicet:[After the song, Infidelity says in a high voice]
sig. C vii^r	Auaritia lurisconsultus.[Avarice (dressed as) Jurisconsultus]
sig. C vii^v	Ambo simul [exeunt][Both leave together]
sig. D v^r	Finita cantiuncula exeunt ambo.[The little song being finished, they both leave]
sig. E vi^v	Exit secreto.[Exit secretly]
sig. F i^v	Hic veste spoliatum sordidioribus induunt.[Here having removed his garment, they put on more shabby ones on him]
sig. F ij^r	Exeunt cum eo.[they go out with him]
sig. F iiij^r	hic Infidelitatem lympha percutit.[Here he throws water on Infidelity]
sig. F iiij^v	Gladio Infidelitatem denuo cedit.[He strikes Infidelity with a sword a second time]
sig. F v^r	Ignis flamma Infidelitatem locum exire coget[The flame of fire shall force Infidelity to leave the place]
sig. G i^v	Into fyue personages maye the partes of thys Comedy be deuyded.
The Prolocutour.Christen fayth.Infydelyte.The first.	The lawe of Nature.Couetousnesse.False doctryne.The seconde.
The lawe of Moses.Idolatrye.Hypocresye.The third.	The lawe of Christ.Ambycyon.Sodomye.The fourt.
Deus pater [God the Father].Vindicta Dei [The Vengeance of God].The fift.
The aparellynge of the six vyces, or fruites of Infydelyte.
Lete Idolatry be decked lyke an olde wytche, Sodomy lyke a monke of all sectes, Ambycyon lyke a byshop, Couetousnesse lyke a pharyse or spyrituall lawer, false doctryne, lyke a popysh doctour, and hypocresy lyke a graye fryre. The rest of the partes are easye ynough to coniecture.

The Towneley Plays

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Huntington Library MS HM1

FACSIMILE:

The Towneley Cycle: A Facsimile of Huntington MS HM1, intro. A. C. Cawley and Martin Stevens, Leeds Texts and Monographs, Medieval Drama Facsimiles II (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1976)

MODERN SOURCES:

The Towneley Plays, ed. by George England and Alfred W. Pollard, Early English Text Society ES LXXI (London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner, 1897)

The Wakefield Pageants in the Towneley Cycle, ed. by A. C. Cawley (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1958; repr.1971)

The Wakefield Mystery Plays, ed. by Martial Rose (London: Evans, 1961)

The Towneley Cycle, ed. by Peter Meredith, 2 vols, Leeds Studies in English, School of English (Leeds: University of Leeds, 1989)

The Towneley Plays, ed. by Martin Stevens and A. C. Cawley, 2 vols, Early English Text Society SS13 SS14 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994)

[The text used here is from Stevens and Cawley, 1994]

1 [Creation]

p. 3, l. 1	In dei nomine Amen Assit [assiste] principio sancta Maria meo Wakefeld[In the name of God, amen. Holy Mary be with me at my beginning]
p. 5, l. 76	Hic Deus recedit a suo solio et Lucifer sedebit in eodem solio.[Here God withdraws from his seat and Lucifer shall sit in that seat]
p. 7, l. 131	Tunc exibunt demones clamando et dicit primus:[Then the demons shall exit shouting and the first says]
p. 8, l. 167	Et tanget eum.[And he shall touch him]
p. 9, l. 197	Tunc capit Cherubyn Adam per manum et dicit eis Dominus:[Then the cherubim takes Adam by the hand and the Lord says to them]

2 [Murder of Abel]. Mactacio abel. Secunda pagina

p. 25, l. 476

Explicit Mactacio Abell. Sequitur Noe[Here ends the killing of Abel. Noah follows]

3 [Noah]

p. 25, l. 1	Processus Noe cum filiis Wakefeld[The process of Noah with his sons]
p. 33, l. 273	Tunc perget ad vxorem.[Then he shall go to his wife]
p. 48, l. 806	Explicit processus Noe. Sequitur Abraham[Here ends the process of Noah; Abraham follows]

4 [Abraham]

p. 48, l. 1	Sequitur Abraham[Abraham follows]
p. 51, l. 107	Hic transsiet I[saac] a patre[Here Isaac shall move across from his father]
p. 57, l. 278	Et osculatur [osculat] eum.[And he kisses him]

5 [Isaac]

p. 58, l. 18	Recedet Iacob[Jacob shall withdraw]
p. 59, l. 66	Et osculatur [osculat][And he kisses (them)]
l. 70	Explicit Isaac[Here ends Isaac]

6 [Jacob]

p. 60, l. 1	Sequitur iacob[Here follows Jacob]
p. 61, l. 34	Hic [Iacob] vigilet.[Here he (Jacob) is to wake]
l. 58	Hic egrediatur Iacob de Aran in terram natiuitatis sue.[Here Jacob is to go out from Harran into the land of his birth]
p. 62, l. 84	Hic scrutetur superlectile, et luctetur angelus cum eo.[Here he is to examine their possessions/baggage and an angel is to struggle with him]
p. 63, l. 114	Hic diuidit turmas in tres partes.[Here he divides his company into three parts]
l. 122	Et vadat Iacob osculand[o] Esaw; venit Iacob, flectit genua exorando Deum, et leuando, occurrit illi Esaw in amplexibus.[And let Jacob go to embrace Esaw; Jacob comes, goes down on his knees praying to God, and rising he runs into the arms of Esau]
l. 130	[Esaw] dicit seruis suis:[He says to his servants]
p. 64, l. 142	Explicit Jacob[Here ends Jacob]

7 [Play of the Prophets]

p. 64, l. 1

Processus prophetarum[The process of the Prophets]

8 [Pharaoh]

p. 72, l. 1	Incipit Pharao[Here begins Pharaoh]
p. 74, l. 88	Tunc intrat Moyses cum virga in manu, etc.[Then Moses enters with a wand in his hand etc.]
p. 75, l. 109	Hic properat ad rubum, et dicit ei Deus, etc.:[Here he hurries to the bush and God says to him, etc.]
p. 83, l. 390	Hic pertransient mare.[Here shall they cross the sea]
p. 84, l. 413	Tunc merget eos mare.[Then the sea shall drown them]
l. 429	Explicit Pharao[here ends Pharrao]

9 [Caesar Augustus]

p. 84, l. 1	Incipit Cesar Augustus[Here begins Caesar Augustus]
p. 92, l. 240	Explicit Cesar Augustus[Here ends Caesar Augustus]

10 [Annunciation]

p. 92, l. 1	Incipit Annunciacio[Here begins the Annunciation]
p. 103, l. 373	Explicit Annunciacio beate Marie[Here ends the Annunciation of the blessed Mary]

11 [Mary’s Salutation of Elizabeth]

p. 103, l. 1	Incipit Salutacio Elezabeth[Here begins the Salutation of Elizabeth]
p. 105, l. 90	Explicit Salutacio Elezabeth[Here ends the Salutation of Elizabeth]

12 [First Shepherds’ Play]

p. 106, l. 1	Incipit Pagina pastorum[Here begins the pageant of the Shepherds]
p,126, l. 724	Explicit Vna pagina pastorum[Here ends one pageant of the shepherds]

13 [Second Shepherds’ Play]

p. 126, l. 1	Incipit Alia eorundem[Here begins another of the same]
p. 134, l. 273	Tunc intrat Mak in clamide se super togam vestitus.[Then Mak enters dressed in a cloak over his tunic]
l. 290	Et accipit clamidem ab ipsoAnd he takes (Mak’s) cloak from him]
p. 137, l. 386	Tunc surgit, pastoribus dormientibus, et dicit:[Then he rises while the shepherds sleep, and says]
p. 153, l. 919	Angelus cantat ‘Gloria in excelsis’; postea dicat:[An Angel sings ‘Gloria in excelsis’, and afterwards is to say]
p. 157, l. 1088	Explicit pagina Pastorum[Here ends a pageant of the shepherds]

14 [Offering of the Magi]

p. 158, l. 1	Incipit oblacio Magorum[Here begins the offering of the Magi]
p. 160, l. 84	Tunc venit primus rex equitans, et respiciens stellam dicit:[Then the first king comes riding, and seeing the star he says]
p. 173, l. 504	Here lyghtys the kyngys of thare horses.
l. 510	Here knele all þe thre kyngys downe.
p. 174, l. 522	Here ryse thay all vp.
p. 177, l. 642	Explicit oblacio trium Magorum[Here ends the offering of the three Magi]

15 [Flight into Egypt]

p. 178, l. 1	Incipit fugacio Iosep et marie in egiptum[Here begins the Flight of Joseph and Mary into Egypt]
p. 183, l. 181	Explicit fugacio Iosep et marie inegiptum[Here ends the flight of Joseph and Mary into Egypt]

16 [Herod]

p. 183, l. 1	Incipit magnus Herodes[Here begins herod the Great]
p. 204, l. 741	Explicit magnus Herodes[Here ends herod the Great]
p. 204, l. 1	Incipit Purificacio marie[Here begins the Purification of Mary][end of play missing]
p. 207, l. 102	Tunc pulsabunt.[Then they (the bells) shall ring]

18 [Christ and the Doctors]

	[Incomplete at beginning]
p. 211, l. 48	Tunc venit Jesus.[Then Jesus comes]
p. 215, l. 196	Tunc venient Ioseph et Maria, et dicet Maria:[Then Joseph and Mary shall come, and Mary shall say]
p. 218, l. 280	Expl[i]cit Pagina Doctorum[Here ends the pageant of the doctors]

19 [John the Baptist]

p. 218, l. 1	Incipit Iohannes baptista[Here begins John the Baptist]
p. 224, l. 212	Hic tradat ei agnum dei.[Here let him give to him the lamb of God]
p. 226, l. 288	Explicit Iohannes Baptista[Here ends John the Baptist]

20 [Conspiracy and Capture]

p. 227, l. 1	Incipit conspiracio [et]c[Here begins the Conspiracy]
p. 232, l. 197	Tunc venit Iudas.[Then Judas comes]
p. 236, l. 337	Tunc dicet Sanctus Iohannes:[Then St John shall speak]
p. 237, l. 357	Tunc pergent Iohannes et Petrus ad Ciuitatem et obuiet eis homo, etc.[Then John and Peter shall go on to the city, and let a man meet them, etc.]
l. 369	Tunc parent Iohannes et Petrus mensam.[Then let John and Peter prepare the meal]
p. 238, l. 375	Tunc commedent, et Iudas porrigit manum in discum cum Iesu.[Then they shall eat, and Judas reaches his hand into the dish with Jesus]
p. 239, l. 407	Hic lauet pedes discipulorum.[Here let him wash the feet of the disciples]
l. 409	Et mittens aquam in peluim venit ad Petrum.[And taking water in a bowl he comes to Peter]
p. 242, l. 523	Tunc orabit et dicet:[Then he shall pray and say]
l. 527	Et reuertet ad discipulos.[And he shall return to the disciples]
p. 243, l. 535	Et iterum orabit:[And he shall pray again]
l. 539	Et reuertet ad discipulos[And he shall return to the disciples]
l. 543	Et tercio orabit:[And he shall pray a third time]
p. 251, l. 779	Explicit Capcio Iesu[Here ends the taking of Jesus]

21 [Buffeting]

p. 251, l. 1	Incipit Coliphizacio[here begins the Buffeting]
p. 269, l. 650	Explicit Coliphizacio[Here ends the Buffeting]

22 [Scourging]

p. 282, l. 435	Et inclinabit crucem ad matrem suam.[And he shall lower the cross towards his mother]
p. 287, l. 572	Explicit Flagellacio[Here ends the scourging]

23 [Crucifixion]

p. 287, l. 1	Sequitur processus crucis[Here follows the process of the Cross]
p. 308, l. 724	Explicit crucifixio Cristi[Here ends the crucifixion of Christ]

24 [Play of the Dice]

p. 309, l. 1	Incipit process talorum[Here begins the process of the Dice]
p. 322, l. 438	Explicit processus talorum[Here ends the process of the dice]

25 [Harrowing of Hell]

p. 323, l. 1	Incipit extraccio animarum etc.[Here begins the Deliverance of the Souls etc.]
p. 324, l. 44	Et cantent omnes ‘Saluator mundi’, primum versum.
	[And let them all sing ‘Salvator Mundi’, the first verse]
p. 326, l. 120	Attollite portas, principes, vestras et eleuamini porte eternales, et introibit rex glorie.[Lift up your gates, princes, and let your everlasting doors be raised, and the King of Glory shall come in]
p. 328, l. 188	Attollite portas, principes, vestras etc.
p. 335, l. 415	Te deum laudamus.[Lord, we praise thee]Explicit extraccio animarum ab inferno[Here ends the deliverance of souls from hell]

26 [Resurrection]

p. 335, l. 1	Resurreccio domini
	[The Resurrection of the Lord]
p. 337, l. 44	Tunc veniet Centurio velut miles equitans.[Then Centurion shall come like a knight riding on horseback]
p. 342, l. 229	Tunc cantabunt angeli ‘Christus resurgens’, et postea dicet Iesus:[Then the angels shall sing, ‘Christus resurgens’ and afterwards Jesus shall say]
p. 355, l. 659	Explicit resurreccio domini[Here ends the resurrection of the Lord]

27 [Pilgrims]

p. 358, l. 103	Hic venit Iesus in apparatu pergrini.[here Jesus comes in pilgrim’s gear]
p. 364, l. 290	Tunc parent mensam[Then let them prepare a table]
l. 296	Tunc recumbent, et sedebit Iesus in medio eorum; tunc benedicet Iesus panem et franget in tribus partibus, et postea euanebit ab oculis eorum; et dicet Lucas:[Then they shall sit and Jesus shall sit in between them. Then Jesus shall bless the bread and shall break it into three pieces, and afterwards vanish from their sight; and Luke shall say]
p. 367, l. 386	Expliciunt peregrini[Here end the pilgrims]

28 [Thomas of India]

p. 370, l. 104	Tunc venit Iesus et cantat: ‘Pax vobis et non tardabit; hec est dies quam fecit Dominus’.[Then Jesus comes and sings: ‘Peace be unto you and it shall not delay; this is the day which the Lord has made]
p. 371, l. 120	Iterum venit Iesus et cantat: ‘Pax vobis et non tardabit’.[Again Jesus comes, and sings: ‘Pax vobis et non tardabit’]
p. 373, l. 176	Paratur mensa, et offerat vi^us apostolus fauum mellis et piscem, dicendo:[Let food be made ready and let the sixth apostle offer honey-comb and fish, saying]
p. 374, l. 234	Hic respirat in eos.[Here he breathes on them]
p. 375, l. 240	Hic discedet ab eis.[Here he shall depart from them]
p. 376, l. 296	Hic pergit ad discipulos.[Here he goes to the disciples]
p. 386, l. 648	Explicit Thomas Indie[Here ends Thomas of India]

29 [Ascension]

p. 387, l. 1	Ascencio domini etc.[The Ascension of the Lord etc.]
p. 388, l. 52	Hic recedit.[Here he shall withdraw]
p. 392, l. 189	Et recedit ab eis[And he withdraws from them]
p. 395, l. 281	Tunc vadit ad ascendendum[Then he goes to ascend]
l. 289	Et sic ascendit cantantibus angelis ‘Ascendo ad patrem meum’.[And thus he ascends with the singing of the angels: I ascend to my father]
30 [Judgement]
p. 401, l. 1	Judicum[The Judgement]
p. 417, l. 575	Tunc expandit manus suas et ostendit eis wulnera sua.[Then he shall stretch out his hands and show them his wounds]
p. 418, l. 607	Tunc vertens se ad bonos, dicit illis:[Then turning to the good, he says to them]
p. 419, l. 647	Tunc dicet malis:[Then he shall say to the evil]
p. 421, l. 697	Tunc dicet bonis:[Then he shall say to the good]
l. 701	Tunc dicet malis[Then he shall say to the evil]
p. 425, l. 830	Explicit Iudicum[Here ends the Judgement]

31 [Lazarus]

p. 425, l. 1	Incipit Lazarus[Here begins Lazarus]
p. 427, l. 88	Et lacrimatus est Iesus, dicens:[And Jesus wept, saying]
p. 431, l. 236	Explicit Lazarus[Here ends Lazarus]

32 [Hanging of Judas]

p. 432, l. 1	Suspencio Iude[The hanging of Judas]
p. 435, l. 96	Finis huius[Incomplete at the end].

Wealth and Health

MANUSCRIPT/FIRST PRINTED SOURCE:

British Library: General Reference Collection C.34.i.25

STC 14110

FACSIMILE:

An enterlude of Welth, and Helth, very mery and full of Pastyme, newly att his [this] tyme Imprinted. (∴) The Names of the players. [in three collumns] Welth, Helth, Lybertie. Ilwyll, Shrewdwyt. Hance. Remedy. Foure may safely play this Playe, ed. by John S. Farmer, The Tudor Facsimile Texts (London: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1907)

MODERN SOURCES:

The Interlude of Wealth and Health, Malone Society Reprints, ed. by W. W. Greg (Oxford: C. Whittingham, 1907)

[The text here is from the Farmer facsimile, 1907]

sig. A.ii.^r	Here entreth Welth, and Helth synging together a balet of two partes, and after speaketh Welth:
sig. B.i.^r	Here entreth lyberty with a soug [song] & after speaketh:
sig. B.ii.^r	Here entreth with some iest yllwyll
sig. B.iii.^r	Entreth shrewd wyt with a songe.
sig. B.iiii.^r	Entreth Hance with a dutche songe.
sig. C.i.^r	Liberty and helth returneth back with welth
sig. C.ii.^r	Here commeth remedy in and to him saith:
sig. C.iiii^v	Helth turneth hym.Liberty turneth him.
sig. D.ii.^r	Helth commeth in with a kercher on his head.
sig. D.ii.^v	(will turneth

Wisdom

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

Folger MS V. a. 354

FACSIMILE:

The Macro Plays The Castle of Perseverance Wisdom Mankind: A Facsimile Edition with Facing Transcriptions, ed. by David Bevington (New York: Johnson Reprint Corporation; Washington, DC: The Folger Shakespeare Library, 1972)

MODERN SOURCES:

The Macro Plays The Castle of Perseverance Wisdom Mankind, ed. by Mark Eccles, Early English Text Society, OS 262 (London: Oxford University Press, 1969)

The Late Medieval Religious Plays of Bodleian MSS Digby 133 and E Museo 160, ed. by Donald C. Baker, John L. Murphy and Louis B. Hall, Early English Text Society, OS 283 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1982)

[The text used here is from Eccles]

p. 114, l. 1	Fyrst enteryde WYSDOME in a ryche purpull clothe of golde wyth a mantyll of the same ermynnyde wythin, hawynge abowt hys neke a ryall hood furred wyth ermyn, wpon hys hede a cheweler wyth browys, a berde of golde of sypres curlyed, a ryche imperyall crown þerwpon sett wyth precyus stonys and perlys, in hys leyfte honde a balle of golde wyth a cros þerwppon and hys ryght honde a regall schepter, thus seyenge:
l. 16	Here entrethe ANIMA as a mayde, in a wyght clothe of golde gysely purfyled wyth menyver, a mantyll of blake þerwppeon, a cheueler lyke to WYSDOM, wyth a ryche chappelet lasyde behynde hangynge down wyth to [ij] knottys of golde and syde tasselys, knelynge down to WYSDOM, thus seyng:
p. 119, l. 164	Her enteryd fyve vyrgynes in white kertylls and mantelys, wyth cheuelers and chappelettys, and synge ‘Nigra sum sed formosa, filia Jerusalem, sicut tabernacula cedar et sicut pelles Salamonis’.(‘I am black but beautiful, a daughter of Jerusalem, like the tents of Kedar and like the curtains of Solomon’) [song of Solomon]
p. 124, l. 324	Here in þe goynge owt þe FYVE WYTTYS synge ‘Tota pulcra es’ et cetera, they goynge befor, ANIMA next, and her folowynge WYSDOM, and aftyr hym MYNDE, WYLL, and WNDYRSTONDYNGE, all thre in wyght cloth of golde, cheveleryde and crestyde in sute.
p. 125, l. 324	And aftyr þe song entreth LUCYFER in a dewylls aray wythowt and wythin as a prowde galonte, seynge thus on thys wyse:
p. 126, l. 380	Her LUCYFER dewoydyth and cummyth in ageyn as a goodly galont.
p. 131, l. 518	Exient[They shall depart]
p. 132, l. 550	Her he takyt a schrewde boy wyth hym and goth hys wey cryenge.
p. 134, l. 620	Et cantent[And let them sing]
p. 136, l. 692	Here entur six dysgysyde in þe sute of MYNDE, wyth rede berdys, and lyouns rampaunt on here crestys, and yche a warder in hys honde; her mynstrallys, trumpes. Eche answere for hys name.
p. 138, l. 724	Here entrethe six jorours in a sute, gownyde, wyth hodys abowt her nekys, hattys of meyntenance þervpon, vyseryde dyuersly; here mynstrell, a bagpype.
p. 139, l. 752	Here entreth six women in sut, thre dysgysyde as galontys and thre as matrones, wyth wondyrfull vysurs congruent; here mynstrell, a hornepype.
p. 139, l. 776	Exient[They shall depart]
p. 143, l. 902	Here ANIMA apperythe in þe most horrybull wyse, fowlere þan a fende.
p. 144, l. 912	Here rennyt owt from wndyr þe horrybyll mantyll of þe SOULL seven small boys in þe lyknes of dewyllys and so retorne ageyn.
p. 146, l. 978	Hic recedunt demones.[Here the devils withdraw]
p. 146, l. 996	Here þey go owt, and in þe goynge þe SOULE syngyth in þe most lamentabull wyse, wyth drawte notys as yt ys songyn in þe passyon wyke:
p. 149, l. 1064	Here entrethe ANIMA, wyth þe Fyve Wyttys goynge before, MYNDE on þe on syde and WNDYRSTONDYNGE on þe other syde and WYLL folowyng, all in here fyrst clothynge, her chapplettys and crestys, and all hauyng on crownys, syngynge in here commynge in: ‘Quid retribuam Domino pro omnibus que retribuit mihi? Calicem salutaris accipiam et nomen Domini inuocabo’.[‘What shall I render to the Lord for all his bounty to me? I will lift up the cup of salvation and call on the name of the Lord’. (Psalm 116: 12–13)].

Wit and Science

John Redford

MANUSCRIPT SOURCES:

British Library Add. MS 15233 fols 11–27

FACSIMILE:

John Redford, The Play of Wit and Science, Tudor Facsimile Texts, ed. by John S. Farmer (London and Edinburgh: T. C. & E. C. Jack, 1908), unpaginated

MODERN SOURCES:

Tudor Interludes, ed. by Peter Happé (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1972), pp.

183–219

Medieval Drama, ed. by David Bevington (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1975), pp. 1030–1061

[The text is from the facsimile, 1908; signatures are numbered from the extant beginning. A number of pages are missing at the start of the play]

sig. 1^r	Heere all go out save Resone
sig. 1^v	Confydence cumth in w^t a pycture of WytWyt cumth in without Instruccion, wyth Study &c.
sig. 2^v	Exeat Wyt Study & Dylygence[Let Wit, Study and Diligence depart]
sig. 3^r	Exceat Instruccion[Let Instruction depart]Tedyousnes cumth in w^t a vyser over hys hed
sig. 3^v	Wyt spekyth at the dooreTedyiousnes rysyth upHere Wyt fallyth downe and dyethHere cumth in Honest Recreacion, Comfort, quycknes, and Strength and go and knele abowt wyt and at the last verse [Wyt] reysyth hym vp vpon hys feete and so make an end [to the song] and then Honest Recreacion sayth as folowyth:
sig. 4^v	Reson cumth in and sayth as folowyth:
sig. 5^v	Here they dawnce, and in the mene whyle Idellnes cumth in, and sytte downe and when the galyard is doone, wyt sayth as folowyth, and so falyth downe in Idellnes lap:
sig. 7^r	Here she whystleth, Ingnorance cumth in
sig. 9^v	Confydence cumth in w^t a swoord by his syde and sayth as folowyth:
sig. 10^r	Here they cum in w^t vyolesHere they syng ‘Exedynge Mesure’
sig. 11^r	Wyt cumth before
sig. 13^r	Shame cumth in with a whyppe
sig. 13^v	Wyt knelith downe
sig. 15^v	Heere Wyt cumth in and bryngth in the hed upon his swoorde and sayth as folowyth:Confydence cumth running in
sig. 16^r	Confydence cumth running inHere Wyt, Instruccion, Study, and Dyligencesyng ‘Wellcum, myn owne, and Syence, Experience, Reson, and Confidence cum in at l[eft] and answer evre second verseAnd when the song is doone, Reson sendyth Instruccion, Studye, and Dyligence and Confidens out, and then standyng in the mydell of the place, Wyt sayth as folowyth:Here cumth in fowre wyth violes, and syng ‘Remembreance’, and at the last, quere all make curtsye, and so goe forth syngyng:
sig. 17^v	Thus endyth the play of Wyt and Science made by master Ihon Redford

The York Plays

MANUSCRIPT SOURCE:

British Library Additional MS 35290

FACSIMILE:

The York Play: A facsimile of British Library MS Additional 35290 together with a facsimile of the ‘Ordo Paginarium’ section of the A/Y Memorandum Book, intro. by Richard Beadle and Peter Meredith and a note on the music by Richard Rastall, Leeds Texts and Monographs, Medieval Drama Facsimiles VII (Leeds: School of English, University of Leeds, 1983)

MODERN SOURCE:

The York Plays: A Critical Edition of the York Corpus Christi Play as recorded in British Library Additional MS 35290, ed. by Richard Beadle, 2 vols, Early English Text Society SS23 SS24 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2009, 2013 for 2011)

The York Corpus Christi Plays, ed. by Clifford Davidson, Middle English Texts, Medieval Institute Publications (Kalamazoo, MI: Western Michigan University, 2011)

[The text used here is from Beadle, 2009]

1 The Barkeres [The Fall of the Angels]

p. 3, l. 24	Tunc cantant angeli, ‘Te deum laudamus, te dominum confitemur’.[Then the angels sing ‘We praise thee O God, we acknowledge thee to be the Lord]
p. 4, l. 40	Tunc cantant angeli, ‘Sanctus, sanctus, sanctus, dominus deus sabaoth’.[Then the angels sing ‘Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of hosts]

5 The Cowpers [The Fall of Man]

p. 23, l. 1	SATANAS incipit dicens:[Satan begins, saying]
p. 25, l. 79	Et tunc debet accipere pomum.[Then she should accept the apple]
p. 25, l. 82	Tunc Satanas recedet.[Then Satan shall go away]
p. 26, l. 105	Et accipit et comedit.[And he accepts and eats]

9 The Fysshers and Marynars [The Flood]

p. 52, l. 266

Tunc cantent Noe et filii sui &c.[Then Noah and his sons should sing]

12 The Spicers [The Annunciation and the Visitation]

p. 82, l. 144	Tunc cantat Angelus[Then the angel sings]
p. 83, l. 152	Tunc cantat Angelus, ‘Ne timeas Maria’.[Then the angel sings ‘Do not fear, Mary’]
p. 85, l. 240	Tunc cantat Magnificat. cantant[Then they sing ‘[My soul] doth magnify [the Lord]’]

15 The Chaundelers [The Shepherds]

p. 103, l. 64	Et tunc cantant.[and then they sing]
p. 104, l. 85	Et tunc cantant.[and then they sing]

16 The Goldesmythis [The Magi]

p. 121, l. 272

The Harrode passeth, and the iij kynges commyth agayn to make there offerynges.

21 The Barboures [The Baptism]

p. 171, l. 154

Tunc cantabunt duo angeli, ‘Veni creator spiritus’.[Then the two angels shall sing ‘Come Holy Spirit’]

23 The Coriours [The Transfiguration]

p. 185, l. 168

Hic descendunt nubes.[Here the clouds descend]

31 The Littisteres [Christ Before Herod]

p. 278, l. 42

Tunc bibit Rex.[Then the King drinks]

37 The Saddileres [The Harrowing of Hell]

p. 355, l. 36	Tunc cantent.[Then let them sing]
p. 365, l. 384	Tunc cantent.[Then let them sing]

38 The Carpenteres [The Resurrection]

p. 371, l. 186

Tunc ‘Jesu resurgente’.[Then (the angel sings ‘Christ arising’]

42 The Tailoures [The Ascension]

p. 405, l. 176

Tunc cantant angeli ‘Ascendo ad patrem meum’.[Then the angels sing ‘I ascend unto my Father’]

43 The Potteres [Pentecost]

p. 412, l. 96

Angelus tunc cantare ‘Veni creator spiritus’.[The angel then to sing ‘Come Holy Spirit’]

44 The Drapers [The Death of the Virgin]

p. 422, l. 194

Cum vno diablo. Et cantant antiphona, scilicet ‘Ave regina celorum’.[With one devil. And they (the angels) sing an antiphon, namely ‘Hail, Queen of Heaven’]

47 The Mercers [Doomsday]

p. 448, l. 216	Hic ad sedem iudicij cum cantu angelorum.[Here (he goes) to the judgement seat with song of angels]
p. 453, l. 380	Et sic facit finem, cum melodia angelorum transiens a loco ad locum.[And thus he makes an end with melody of angels crossing from place to place]

Page

Contents

If you find an error or have any questions, please email us at admin@erenow.org. Thank you!